{"title":"Key Clamps","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"heavy-duty-key-clamp-posts","title":"Galvanised Key Clamp Ready Made Guardrail Posts, End, Corner or Mid, 1100mm with 550mm Mid Rail","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady made galvanised guardrail posts for a two-rail key clamp barrier: choose the tube size and whether you need an end, corner or mid post, and each one arrives already put together.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every post is 1100mm tall overall, on an oval base flange that bolts to the ground, with the mid rail fitting set at 550mm. An \u003cstrong\u003eend post\u003c\/strong\u003e has a 90° elbow on top and a short tee at mid height, so both rails finish at the post. A \u003cstrong\u003ecorner post\u003c\/strong\u003e has corner fittings at both heights, so both rails turn 90°. A \u003cstrong\u003emid post\u003c\/strong\u003e has a long tee on top and a four way cross at mid height, so both rails pass straight through. Tube and fittings are galvanised for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one post of the size and type you select; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-key-clamp-ready-made-post-end-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the galvanised ready made key clamp end post, 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use ready made posts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo cutting or fitting on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each post arrives cut, fitted and set at height. Stand it in place, drill two holes, fix it down and push the rails in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery post the same height.\u003c\/strong\u003e End, corner and mid posts are all 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from one end of the run to the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe, finished ends and corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e Elbows and corner fittings close off the rail ends, so there are no cut tube ends at hand or hip height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects tube and fittings in car parks, yards, towpaths, school grounds and loading areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich post goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt each end of a run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° elbow on top, short tee at 550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhere the run turns 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail corner, mid rail corner at 550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween ends and corners, up to 2m apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong tee on top, four way cross at 550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pre-assembled post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm (size B), 42.4mm (size C), 48.3mm (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, two fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, tightened with a hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWeights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a straight run: two end posts, plus one mid post for every 2 metres in between. Add one corner post at each 90° turn. Allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid. A run that stops against a wall needs only one end post; finish the other end with wall flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the post to your rail tube. 42.4mm (often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore) is the usual size for pedestrian guardrail. 33.7mm suits lighter rails and 48.3mm, the same size as scaffold tube, suits heavier duty barriers. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a single top rail with no mid rail? Use the ready made \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-42-4mm-diameter\"\u003eend\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/key-clamp-mid-post-42-4mm-tube\"\u003emid\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-corner-post-42-4mm\"\u003ecorner\u003c\/a\u003e posts without a mid rail. For indoor high-visibility guarding, see the yellow end post kits for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit-1\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, with the rail fittings facing along the line. Mark the two holes in each base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rails fully into the fittings, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one assembled post of the size and type you choose. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the posts come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Base, post tube and both rail fittings arrive fitted together at the right heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Tube and fittings are galvanised for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"33.7mm \/ End","offer_id":57102056948099,"sku":"SSHF-074051-01","price":53.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42.4mm \/ End","offer_id":57102056980867,"sku":"SSHF-074051-02","price":57.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48.3mm \/ End","offer_id":57102057013635,"sku":"SSHF-074051-03","price":67.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42.4mm \/ Corner","offer_id":57102057046403,"sku":"SSHF-074051-05","price":63.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"33.7mm \/ Corner","offer_id":57102057079171,"sku":"SSHF-074051-04","price":56.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48.3mm \/ Corner","offer_id":57102057111939,"sku":"SSHF-074051-06","price":75.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"33.7mm \/ Mid","offer_id":57102057144707,"sku":"SSHF-074051-07","price":55.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48.3mm \/ Mid","offer_id":57102057177475,"sku":"SSHF-074051-09","price":73.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42.4mm \/ Mid","offer_id":57102057210243,"sku":"SSHF-074051-08","price":61.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-key-clamp-ready-made-post-guardrail-run.jpg?v=1794095064"},{"product_id":"single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Single Lugged Bracket for 26.9mm Tube, Panel and Sign Fixing, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small black bracket that clamps onto 26.9mm tube and gives you one flat lug to bolt a board, panel or sign to.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round barrel slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw, so you can set it at any height and turn it to face any way. The flat lug sticks out to one side with a 10mm hole for the bolt, and it sits almost flush with the face of the tube, so the panel lies close against the frame. The black electrophoretic finish suits black tube frames for shop displays, office partitions and workshop fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp single lugged bracket with a 10mm fixing hole 40mm from the tube centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels without drilling the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket clamps on, so the tube stays whole and the bracket can be moved or added later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels sit tight to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lug lies almost in line with the face of the tube, so boards, mesh and signs fit close with no wide gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matches black key clamp tube and fittings, for a clean industrial look in shops, cafés, offices and studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet at any height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it along the tube, turn it to suit and lock it with the grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFixing back panels and shelves to shop display frames, screening boards to office and studio partitions, pegboard and tool boards to workshop frames, signs and menu boards to tube frames, and mesh or acrylic panels to indoor guarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne single lugged bracket, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLug\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne flat lug, one 10mm hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm from the tube centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLug length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm from the tube centre to the tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall sign or board on one tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel up to 1m tall between two tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, two each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel over 1m tall between two tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, three each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong run of panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 per tube per panel edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket takes 26.9mm tube. For a panel on each side of the same tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eblack double lugged bracket for 26.9mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For 33.7mm tube there is a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack single lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor work, use the galvanised range, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-fixing-bracket-42-4mm\"\u003egalvanised single lugged bracket for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding the frame? See the matching black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eend cap\u003c\/a\u003e for 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the bracket onto the tube, turn the lug to face the panel and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Hold the panel in place, mark through the lug hole, drill and fix with an M8 or M10 bolt, washer and nut, or a screw to suit the board. Fit brackets in pairs so the panel is held at top and bottom. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use an M8 or M10 bolt, or a screw to suit your panel, through the 10mm hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 25mm or 1 inch tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure the outside of your tube before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007238017411,"sku":"SSHF-106819-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-office-partition.jpg?v=1794095355"},{"product_id":"premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Double Lugged Bracket for 26.9mm Tube, Panel Joining and Fixing, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black bracket that clamps onto 26.9mm tube and gives you a flat lug on each side, so you can bolt a panel across the tube or join two panels on it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round barrel slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw, so you can set it at any height and turn it to face any way. A flat plate runs across the barrel with a 10mm hole in each end, 81mm apart, and it sits almost flush with the face of the tube, so the panels lie close against the frame. The black electrophoretic finish suits black tube frames for shop displays, office partitions and workshop fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp double lugged bracket, 114mm long with two 10mm holes at 81mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels without drilling the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket clamps on, so the tube stays whole and the bracket can be moved or added later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fixing points in one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt one wide panel through both lugs for a firm hold, or butt two panels together on the tube with one lug each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels sit tight to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate lies almost in line with the face of the tube, so boards, mesh and signs fit close with no wide gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matches black key clamp tube and fittings, for a clean industrial look in shops, cafés, offices and studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet at any height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it along the tube, turn it to suit and lock it with the grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoining panels on the posts of room dividers and display walls, fixing back panels to shop display frames, screening boards to office and studio partitions, pegboard and tool boards to workshop frames, signs and menu boards to tube frames, and mesh or acrylic panels to indoor guarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne double lugged bracket, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLugs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, one each side, each with a 10mm hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube centre to plate underside\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSign or board across one tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting on a tube, up to 1m tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 on that tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting on a tube, over 1m tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 on that tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRun of panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 3 on each tube between panels; single lugged brackets on the end tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket takes 26.9mm tube. Where a panel only needs fixing on one side, such as at the end of a run, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eblack single lugged bracket for 26.9mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For 33.7mm tube there is a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack single lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor work, use the galvanised range, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-fixing-bracket\"\u003egalvanised double lugged bracket for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding the frame? See the matching black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eend cap\u003c\/a\u003e for 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the bracket onto the tube, turn the plate to face the panels and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Hold the panel or panels in place, mark through the lug holes, drill and fix with an M8 or M10 bolt, washer and nut, or a screw to suit the board. Fit at least two brackets on each tube so the panels are held at top and bottom. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use M8 or M10 bolts, or screws to suit your panels, through the 10mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 25mm or 1 inch tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure the outside of your tube before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007181033859,"sku":"SSHF-336195-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-cafe-divider.jpg?v=1794095719"},{"product_id":"premium-side-through-rail-support","title":"Black Key Clamp Side Through Rail Support for 26.9mm Tube, Wall Handrail Bracket, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black wall bracket for 26.9mm tube: the tube passes straight through the ring, and the flat base screws to a wall, a panel or a kick plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring sits on a short stem 54mm out from the base, so a handrail clears the wall comfortably, and one hex socket grub screw locks the tube at any point along its length. The base is 77 x 44mm with two 7mm screw holes at 57mm centres. Use it to hold a slim black handrail along a wall, tie a tube frame back to a wall, mount display panels, or fix a kick plate to guardrail uprights. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. The price shown is for one support, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-side-through-rail-support-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp side through rail support, 54mm from base to tube centre with a 77 x 44mm base\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe rail runs straight through.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike an end bracket, the tube passes through the ring, so one length of rail can be carried by as many supports as you need along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear of the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 54mm stem holds the tube far enough out for a hand to grip the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirm, flat fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The wide base takes two screws, so the bracket stays square on plaster, timber or a steel kick plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matches black key clamp tube and fittings for a clean, industrial look indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlim handrails along stairs, corridors and ramps inside cafés, shops, offices and homes; tying black tube shelving and display frames back to walls; mounting exhibition and display panels; and fixing kick plates to the uprights of indoor guardrails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side through rail support, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase to tube centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 x 44mm, 7mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 7mm, at 57mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall handrail, per metre of rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, plus 1 at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3m handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTie-back for a tube frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 per frame, top and middle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep supports no more than 1 metre apart on a handrail, and finish the rail ends with end caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis support takes 26.9mm tube, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. For 33.7mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-through-rail-support-key-clamp\"\u003eblack side through rail support for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Finish the rail with a black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003e26.9mm end cap\u003c\/a\u003e, turn corners with a black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, and use the black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-base-wall-flange-for-26-9mm-tube\"\u003esquare base wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e where a rail ends square into a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot a guardrail base.\u003c\/strong\u003e This bracket is not designed to be the only support for a free-standing guardrail or other loaded structure. Use base flanges for guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the rail line on the wall, hold each support in place and mark the two holes. Drill and fix with screws and plugs to suit the wall (not included). Slide the rail through the rings, set it level and tighten each grub screw with a hex key. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one support, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use screws and plugs to suit your wall through the two 7mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the rail pass through or end in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rail passes straight through the ring, so supports can be fitted anywhere along one length of tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full handrail or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007151903107,"sku":"SSHF-368963-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-side-through-rail-support-26-9mm-wall-handrail.jpg?v=1794096045"},{"product_id":"premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Metal End Cap for 26.9mm Tube, Knock-In Cast Iron Tube Plug, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black cast iron end cap that closes off the open end of a 26.9mm tube with a neat, rounded finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two split legs under the round head drive into the tube bore with a soft-faced mallet and grip tight, so the cap stays put without glue and is hard to pull out. Only the slightly domed head shows, sitting flush with the outside of the tube, so there is no sharp cut edge on a handrail end or the top of a frame. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for indoor work. The price shown is for one end cap, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp metal end cap, a round head about 27mm across with two knock-in legs, 26mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA safe, tidy tube end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cap covers the cut edge of the tube, so handrail ends and frame tops are smooth to the hand and look finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStays in without glue.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cast legs grip the inside of the tube, so the cap will not work loose or get pulled out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal, not plastic.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cast iron head will not split, fade or crack like a plastic insert, and it matches the fittings around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps dirt out.\u003c\/strong\u003e Closing the tube end stops dust and debris collecting inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ends of black tube handrails on stairs, ramps and corridors, the tops of uprights on shop display frames, clothes rails and shelving, café and bar foot rails, room divider frames and indoor guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne metal end cap, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 27mm across, slightly domed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnock-in legs, no adhesive needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd caps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, one each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 for every open upright top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail or display unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 4 to 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount every open tube end that will be on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cap fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure the outside of your tube before ordering. The cap drives into the bore, so it suits standard wall thickness key clamp tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of a black 26.9mm frame, see the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-through-rail-support\"\u003eside through rail support\u003c\/a\u003e for wall handrails and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-tube\"\u003esingle lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e for fixing panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the tube square and remove any burr from the inside edge. Line the cap up with the tube end and tap it fully home with a soft-faced or rubber mallet until the head sits tight against the tube. It is designed as a permanent fit. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one end cap, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need glue?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The legs grip the inside of the tube once it is tapped home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take it out again?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is hard to remove once fitted, so treat it as a permanent cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007119987075,"sku":"SSHF-401731-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-handrail-end.jpg?v=1794096361"},{"product_id":"professional-hook-clip-for-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Hook Clip for 26.9mm Tube, Lift-Off Chain Hook for Posts, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black hook clip that clamps onto 26.9mm tube and gives you an open hook to hang the end of a chain on, so the chain lifts off whenever you need to get through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any height. A curled hook is cast on the side of the ring, opening upwards and parallel to the tube, so a chain link drops on and lifts off in one movement. Use it on posts either side of a doorway, stair top, bar counter or staff area to close the gap with a chain. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube for indoor work. The price shown is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-hook-clip-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp hook clip, 24mm ring width and the hook 23mm from the tube centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA chain that opens in a second.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the end link off the hook to open the gap, drop it back to close it. No clips or shackles to undo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits on the post you already have.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the tube, so there is no drilling or welding, and the height can be changed later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits black tube posts and guardrails in bars, cafés, shops and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and tidy.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook sits close to the post, so it does not snag people walking past.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChains across staff-only areas, bar and counter gaps, cloakroom and storeroom doorways, queue lines, the tops of ladders and stairs to mezzanines, and access gaps in indoor guardrails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hook clip, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRing width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23mm from the tube centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, curling upwards, parallel to the tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook clips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne chain across a gap, lift-off at one end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, plus a fixed point at the other end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne chain across a gap, lift-off at both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo chains, high and low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chain is not included. Choose a chain with links big enough to sit over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis clip takes 26.9mm tube, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. For 33.7mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-hook-clip-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack hook clip for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Finish the post tops with black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003e26.9mm metal end caps\u003c\/a\u003e and fix the posts down with black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flanges\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA light-duty fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook is for locating a chain across an opening, not for a permanent or load-bearing chain fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the clip onto the post, set the height and turn the hook to face the gap, then tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Fit a matching clip or a fixed eye on the post opposite and hang the chain between them. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hook clip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the chain included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The clip only. Use a chain with links that drop easily over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan tubes be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tube passes through the ring; it does not join two tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006998581635,"sku":"SSHF-434499-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-hook-clip-26-9mm-bar-chain.jpg?v=1794096675"},{"product_id":"premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-26-9mm","title":"Black Key Clamp Slide-Over Locking Ring for 26.9mm Tube, Support Collar, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA plain black collar that clamps to a 26.9mm tube with one grub screw, to stop another fitting sliding down it or to carry extra weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it onto the tube, push it up tight under the fitting above, and tighten the screw. It is the simple fix for a shelf, clothes rail or display arm that creeps down a black tube upright under load. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for shop, café and home fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one ring, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-locking-ring-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp slide-over locking ring, 24mm wide along the tube with one grub screw\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a locking ring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA second grip under a loaded fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every key clamp holds by its grub screw biting into the tube. On shelving and rails carrying heavy stock, that load can be more than one screw should hold. A locking ring clamped directly underneath takes the extra weight, so the fitting above cannot slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops turning fittings from sliding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivels and collars left loose to rotate can still drop down the tube; a ring under them keeps them at height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and black.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain black collar looks like part of the frame, not a repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow cost and quick.\u003c\/strong\u003e One screw, no drilling, and it can be added to a frame at any time, as long as you can slide it on from the tube end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack tube shelving in shops, cafés and homes, clothes and display rails carrying heavy stock, room divider frames, workbench and desk frames, and as an end stop on a horizontal tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne locking ring with its grub screw, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlide-over locking ring (collar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: width along the tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.08 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ring under each fitting that carries a heavy load. On a shelving unit, that is one per shelf fitting on each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, 1 bay: 4 posts, 3 shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, 2 bays: 6 posts, 3 shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail: 2 posts, 1 rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ring fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering. For 33.7mm black tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003eblack locking ring for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor frames, use the galvanised \u003ca href=\"\/products\/slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003e26.9mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of a black 26.9mm frame, see the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003emetal end cap\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube from its end before fitting anything that blocks it. Push it up hard against the underside of the fitting it supports, then tighten the grub screw firmly with a hex key until it bites into the tube. Check it after loading the frame for the first time and again after a week. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one locking ring with its grub screw, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a collar only; tubes cannot be joined inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the frame apart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tube end is free to slide it on. It is one closed ring and does not open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006957916547,"sku":"SSHF-500035-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-locking-ring-26-9mm-clothes-rail.jpg?v=1794096938"},{"product_id":"premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-key-clamp","title":"Black Key Clamp Three Way Side Outlet Tee for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black side outlet tee joins three rails to one upright at the same height, with the upright running straight through, for small black tube frames indoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rails push into closed sockets to the left, the right and the front, making a T shape seen from above, and four grub screws lock everything. It is the fitting for the middle upright of a two-bay shelf, display or desk frame, where the back rail carries on and a dividing rail comes forward. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-side-outlet-tee-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp side outlet tee, 41mm from the upright centre to the end of the front socket and 83mm across the side sockets\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a side outlet tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour tubes, one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Without it, a middle upright with rails going three ways needs two or three fittings stacked at slightly different heights. The side outlet tee puts all three rails at exactly the same level, so shelves and desk tops sit flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe upright stays in one piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e It passes straight through the central barrel, so you can set the joint at any height and add more fittings above or below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits black tube furniture, shop fittings and display stands where the frame is on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key and can be taken apart and rebuilt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial-style shelving and bookcases, shop display and garment frames, desk and workbench frames, bar and café fittings, exhibition stands and light indoor storage racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side outlet tee with four grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree way side outlet tee, upright through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), all four tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: upright centre to end of front socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the two side sockets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg (up to 0.5 kg as published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use it outdoors or in wet areas, where it will rust. For outdoor frames, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint at an upright\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails left, right and forward, upright through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis side outlet tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails left and forward at a corner, upright through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way mid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails at a corner on top of the upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail crossing the upright, rail ends either side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne rail over the top of the upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail ending at the top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne side outlet tee at each level of each middle upright where a dividing rail comes forward. A two-bay shelf with rails at three levels and one middle upright at the back needs three; with middle uprights at the back and front, six.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this tee will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. All four tubes must be the same size. The same black fitting for 33.7mm tube: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-side-outlet-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 33.7mm side outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the tee onto the upright before fitting anything above it. Cut rail ends square, deburr them and push each fully home. Square up the frame and tighten all four grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating with the key; touch up chips with black paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one side outlet tee with all four grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and the fitting will rust outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan tubes be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each rail ends in its own socket, and the upright must be one length through the barrel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For shelving carrying heavy loads, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006884843907,"sku":"SSHF-532803-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-three-way-side-outlet-tee-for-26-9mm-tube-electrophore-in-use.jpg?v=1794162774"},{"product_id":"premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp","title":"Black Key Clamp 90° Elbow for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black 90° elbow turns a slim tube rail down into its end post, giving a neat rounded corner with no tube end showing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end pushes into one closed socket and the top of the post into the other, and a grub screw locks each one. It is the usual fitting at the end posts of a black tube handrail or guard rail, and makes a clean 90° bend in any frame. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp 90 degree elbow, 41mm from each socket end to the centre line of the other tube\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a 90° elbow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA finished end to the rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The elbow turns the top rail straight down into the end post, so there is no open tube end and no sharp edge for hands and clothes to catch on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA rounded outer corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e The smooth curve on the outside of the elbow is comfortable under the hand and looks deliberate on black tube furniture and rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo screws, no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each tube is held by its own grub screw. The frame can be built with a hex key, adjusted and taken apart again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat matches black tube and other black key clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnd posts of indoor handrails and landing rails, shop and display frames, clothes rails, office and reception dividers, bar and café rails, and the top corners of black tube shelving, desks and furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 90° elbow with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-way 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), both tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: socket end to centre line of the other tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 to 0.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this elbow outside or in wet areas, where it will rust. For outdoor rails choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised 26.9mm elbow\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail turning down into an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne elbow at each end post where the top rail stops. A straight rail between two end posts needs two; a rectangular display frame needs one at each top corner where there are no side rails, usually four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this elbow will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. Both tubes must be the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the post and rail ends square and deburr them. Push each tube fully into its socket, square up the corner and tighten both grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating; touch up chips with black paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one elbow with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail kit, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use the galvanised elbow outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rail pass through the elbow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both sockets are closed, so each tube ends inside the fitting. Use a short tee where the rail carries on past the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006849880451,"sku":"SSHF-598339-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-26-9mm-loft-landing-handrail.jpg?v=1794057087"},{"product_id":"premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp","title":"Black Key Clamp Oval Base Flange for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black oval base flange stands a slim 26.9mm tube upright on a floor or deck, screwed down neatly, for black tube rails and frames indoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube pushes down into a closed socket, two grub screws lock it, and the oval plate is fixed through its two 11mm holes. It is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, the matching foot for black tube clothes rails, display stands, room dividers and light handrails. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-oval-base-flange-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp oval base flange, 65mm tall on a 105 x 56mm plate with two 11mm holes at 75mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a black oval base flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat foot for black tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flange matches black tube and black key clamps, so a clothes rail, display or divider looks finished right down to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed, not free-standing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Screwing each upright down stops rails and stands being knocked over or walked out of line in busy shops and receptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong in the right direction.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate is longest across its two holes. Set that long side at 90° to the line of the rail for the most resistance to leaning and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to move.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two screws out and the upright lifts away when the layout changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClothes rails and shop fittings, display stands and exhibition frames, office and reception dividers, café queue rails, light indoor handrails, and black tube furniture and shelving feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne oval base flange with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange (upright to the floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eE: plate thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 11mm, for M10 screws, bolts or anchors (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this flange outside or in wet areas, where it will rust. For outdoor posts choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-4\"\u003egalvanised 26.9mm oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis oval base flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail over the top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail ending at the top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails at a corner on top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails left, right and forward, upright through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eSide outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne flange for every upright that stands on the floor, with two screws or anchors each. A simple clothes rail with two uprights needs two; a three-bay display with four uprights needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this flange will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. For 33.7mm tube use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-1\"\u003eblack 33.7mm oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate with its long side at 90° to the rail line, drill and plug the floor to suit, and screw the plate down. Push the upright fully into the socket, plumb it and tighten both grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating; touch up chips with black paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one oval base flange with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5. Floor screws are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use the galvanised flange outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I screw it to a timber floor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Use two wood screws or coach screws up to 10mm through the holes into the boards or joists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006791127427,"sku":"SSHF-631107-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-oval-base-flange-26-9mm-clothes-rail-foot.jpg?v=1794052678"},{"product_id":"premium-square-base-wall-flange-for-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Square Wall Flange for 26.9mm Tube, Four-Hole Base Plate, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black square flange that fixes the end of a 26.9mm tube flat to a wall, floor or ceiling, with a screw in each of its four corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube pushes into the round socket in the middle of the 65mm square plate and locks with one hex socket grub screw. Use it to end a handrail square into a wall, stand a clothes rail or display upright on the floor, or hang a frame from a ceiling. Four fixings spread the hold evenly, and the plate sits tidy and square. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for indoor work. The price shown is for one flange, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-square-wall-flange-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp square wall flange, 65mm square plate, 42mm deep with four 6mm holes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour fixings, not two.\u003c\/strong\u003e A screw in each corner holds the plate square and spreads the load into the wall or floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, square end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube finishes in a neat socket against the surface, with no visible cut edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall, floor or ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same flange stands an upright, ends a rail into a wall or hangs a frame from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits black tube shelving, clothes rails, handrails and display frames in shops, cafés and homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrail ends into walls, feet for clothes rails and display uprights, ceiling drops for hanging rails and signs, shelving and room divider frames, and the ends of foot rails at bars and counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square wall flange, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm square, 6mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 6mm, one in each corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlanges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandrail, both ends into walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail with two feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, floor fixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 per upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling-hung rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flange takes 26.9mm tube, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. For 33.7mm black tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-base-wall-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eblack square wall flange for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor work, use the galvanised range, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-base-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised square wall flange for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the rail should pass a wall rather than end in it, use the black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-through-rail-support\"\u003eside through rail support\u003c\/a\u003e. Finish open tube ends with black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003emetal end caps\u003c\/a\u003e and turn corners with a black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot a structural base.\u003c\/strong\u003e This flange is not designed as the only base for a free-standing guardrail or other loaded structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHold the flange in place, mark the four holes and fix with screws and plugs or bolts to suit the surface (not included), up to 6mm. Push the tube fully into the socket and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one square wall flange, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use four screws or bolts up to 6mm to suit your wall or floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006670606723,"sku":"SSHF-794947-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-square-wall-flange-26-9mm-clothes-rail-foot.jpg?v=1794097344"},{"product_id":"premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Wall Flange for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black wall flange ends a slim tube rail neatly where it meets a wall, with no tube end showing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The end of the rail pushes into a closed socket, one grub screw locks it, and the round plate is fixed flat to the wall with four screws. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube, the slim size used for indoor handrails, clothes rails and furniture, and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-wall-flange-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp wall flange, a 76mm round plate with four 6.5mm holes on 64mm centres and a socket 42mm deep, with a table of both sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a wall flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, finished rail end.\u003c\/strong\u003e Without a flange, a rail either stops short in mid-air or has to be welded to a wall plate. The flange closes off the tube end, carries the rail into the wall and leaves no sharp edge for sleeves and hands to catch on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and neat.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 76mm plate is sized for slim 26.9mm tube, so it sits discreetly on a wall in a home, shop or office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key and a drill, so a rail can be fitted in a finished room with no sparks, dust from cutting or damaged coating to repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA matching black finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The smooth black coat matches black tube and the other black key clamps, for rails and frames that look finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wall ends of indoor stair and landing handrails, clothes and display rails in shops and wardrobes, rails in bars, cafés and receptions, towel and coat rails, and black tube shelving and frames fixed back to a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne wall flange with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall flange (rail end to a wall)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: plate thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eE: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 6.5mm (screws and plugs not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWall flange or base flange?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flange is designed to end a rail at a wall. It can stand a light, non load-bearing frame on the floor, but it is not recommended as a base plate for a guard rail post or for anything that takes a load. For posts fixed to the floor, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 26.9mm oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e. For a square plate with the same job, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-base-wall-flange-for-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eblack 26.9mm square base wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this flange outside or in wet areas such as shower rooms, where it will rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis wall flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen tube end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eEnd cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-steel-tube-26-9mm-x-3m\"\u003e26.9mm tube, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne wall flange for every rail end that meets a wall. A handrail or clothes rail running between two walls needs two. A rail fixed to one wall and ending on a post needs one flange and one elbow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this flange will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. The black wall flange is also made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-for-337mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and, in black powder coat, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the rail end square and deburr it. Hold the flange against the wall at the rail height, mark the four holes and drill them, then fix the plate with screws and plugs to suit the wall. Push the rail fully into the socket, set it level and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Check the screw after the first week and once a year, and touch up any chips with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one wall flange with its grub screw fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose screws and plugs to suit the wall. The holes take screws up to about 6mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a base plate for a post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot for a load-bearing post or a guard rail. It is meant to end a rail at a wall. Use the oval base flange for posts fixed to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006571417987,"sku":"SSHF-827715-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-wall-flange-26-9mm-stair-handrail-end.jpg?v=1794084922"},{"product_id":"premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Four Way Cross for 26.9mm Tube, Mid Rail to Post, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black four way cross joins a mid or lower rail to an intermediate post on an indoor guard rail, with the post running straight through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes through the central barrel, the rail is cut at the post and each end pushes into its own socket, and three grub screws lock all three tubes. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, a smooth dark finish for interiors. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-four-way-cross-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp four way cross, 42mm from the post centre to the end of each rail socket and 41mm high\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a four way cross\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA level mid rail at every post.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a two-rail guard rail the top rail sits on short tees on top of the posts. The mid rail needs a joint partway up each post, and the four way cross gives it, keeping both rail ends exactly in line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosts stay in one piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through, so it stays full length from floor to top rail. Only the mid rail is cut, into post-to-post lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits black tube in shops, showrooms, cafés, offices and homes, where a guard rail is on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key, inside an occupied building, with no fumes or sparks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor mezzanine and balcony guard rails, staircase landings, queue and divider rails in cafés, cinemas and shops, office and reception partitions, display frames, and black tube furniture and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne four way cross with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour way cross, post through, rail ends either side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), all tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of each rail socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height of the body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrophoretic coating is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this fitting outside or in wet areas: it will rust. For an outdoor black rail, choose powder coated fittings and seal the screws; for outdoor rails with no upkeep, choose galvanised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis four way cross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo top rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way mid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree rails at a post, post through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eSide outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne four way cross for each intermediate post on each lower rail. End posts use a mid rail corner or short tee instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStraight two-rail run, posts at 1.5m\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrosses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this cross will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. The same fitting for 33.7mm tube: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 33.7mm four way cross\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cross onto the post at mid-rail height before fitting the top tee. Cut each mid rail to the post spacing less the two socket depths, deburr the ends and push them fully home. Level the rail, then tighten all three grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating with the key; touch up chips with black paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one four way cross with all three grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and the fitting will rust outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the rail run through the fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post runs through; the rail is cut at the post and each end sits in its own socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on stairs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly on level rails, such as landings. The sockets are fixed at 90° to the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006501654915,"sku":"SSHF-860483-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-four-way-cross-26-9mm-landing-balustrade.jpg?v=1794097749"},{"product_id":"three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Three Way Mid Rail Corner for 26.9mm Tube, 90° Post-Through Corner, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black three way mid rail corner turns a mid or lower rail through 90° at a corner post, with the post running straight through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes through the central barrel, the two rails end in closed sockets at right angles to each other, and three grub screws lock all three tubes. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, a smooth dark finish for interiors. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-three-way-mid-rail-corner-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp three way mid rail corner, 42mm from the post centre to the end of each rail socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a mid rail corner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat 90° turn at mid height.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a two-rail guard rail or frame, the top rail turns at a top rail corner. The lower rail needs a joint partway down the same post, and this fitting gives it, with both rails level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosts stay in one piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through, so it stays full length from floor to top. Only the rails are cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosed sockets.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each rail end sits inside its socket, so there are no open tube ends at the corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key, inside an occupied building.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorners of indoor balustrades round stairwells and landings, mezzanine guard rails, queue and divider rails, shop display frames, and the corner uprights of black tube shelving and furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne mid rail corner with three grub screws, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree way 90° corner, post through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), all tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of each rail socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis mid rail corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne mid rail corner for each 90° corner on each lower rail. A rectangular guard rail round an opening with two rails needs four, one at each corner post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering. The same fitting for 33.7mm tube: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 33.7mm three way mid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the corner onto the post at mid-rail height before fitting the top corner. Cut each rail to length, deburr the ends and push them fully home. Level the rails, then tighten all three grub screws with a hex key. Touch up chips with black paint and wipe clean with a damp cloth. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and will rust outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one mid rail corner with all three grub screws, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the post pass through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The post runs straight through the barrel; the two rails end in their own sockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006457614723,"sku":"SSHF-893251-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-three-way-mid-rail-corner-26-9mm-landing-balustrade.jpg?v=1794098027"},{"product_id":"premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Three Way Top Rail Corner for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black corner fitting takes a slim 26.9mm indoor tube rail round a 90° corner with a clean, closed finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two top rails and the corner post each push into their own closed socket and are locked by their own grub screw, so there is no welding, threading or drilling and no open tube ends at the corner. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube, the slim size used for indoor rails, furniture and display frames, and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic (e-coat) finish. This finish is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-three-way-top-corner-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm three way top rail corner key clamp, 41mm from each tube centre line to the end of its socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a black corner fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA finished look indoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black fittings on black or galvanised tube suit industrial-style offices, cafés, shops and homes, where a rail is part of the interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean, closed corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both rails and the post end inside the fitting, so the top of the corner is smooth with no open tube ends where hands and clothes pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key, so rails can be fitted in occupied buildings without welding or painting on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong for its size.\u003c\/strong\u003e Malleable iron bends before it cracks, and each grub screw bites into its own tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorners of mezzanine and balcony rails indoors, shop and bar fit-outs, loft and stair landings, clothes rails, display frames and furniture made from 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne three way corner with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree way top rail corner, 90°, closed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), all three sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: tube centre line to end of socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 58 x 58 x 36mm, as published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic (e-coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, black, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.31 to 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black electrophoretic coating is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but is not made for weather. Use these fittings inside buildings only. For an outdoor rail, use galvanised fittings such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-degree-three-way-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised 26.9mm three way top rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis three way corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rails at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eBlack three way mid rail\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eBlack short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths of rail over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eBlack long tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail through an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eBlack 4 way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eBlack oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each 90° corner, on top of the corner post. An L-shaped rail needs one, a U-shaped rail two, and a rail round all four sides of an opening needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this corner will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. For heavier rails in 33.7mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-degree-three-way-corner-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 33.7mm corner\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut tubes square and deburr them. Push the post into the bottom socket and each rail into its socket, check everything is level and square, then tighten the three grub screws firmly with a hex key without letting the key slip across the coating. Touch up chips with black paint and wipe clean with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one corner with all three grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. Use galvanised fittings outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it the same black as the powder coated fittings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a thinner satin black coat with a slight cast texture, not the thick gloss of powder coat. Keep to one finish on a rail for a matching look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan a rail pass through the corner?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. All three sockets are closed. Rails and the post end inside the fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full indoor rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006393979267,"sku":"SSHF-057091-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-three-way-top-corner-26-9mm-clothes-rail.jpg?v=1794088608"},{"product_id":"premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Long Tee for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black long tee carries a slim top rail over a post, and is the fitting to use where two lengths of rail meet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Its long barrel takes the rail straight through, or the ends of two rails pushed in from each side, and each is locked by its own grub screw; the post pushes up into the socket below with a third screw. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube, the slim size used for indoor handrails, shop frames and furniture, and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-long-tee-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp long tee, 41mm from the rail centre to the bottom of the socket and 82mm along the barrel, with a table of both sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a long tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoins rail lengths over a post.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tube comes in fixed lengths, so any run of rail longer than one tube has joints. The long tee's barrel takes two rail ends, each with its own screw, so the joint sits over a post where it is fully supported and cannot sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree screws, more grip.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two screws on the barrel and one on the post socket hold the rail and post firmly, even where the rail is a single length through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no threading.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key. Rails and frames can be built on site, adjusted and taken down again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat black finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The smooth black coat matches black tube, so rails and frames look finished in offices, shops, homes and cafés.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor handrails along landings and mezzanines, shop display and clothes rails, office and reception dividers, bar and café rails, and the top rails of black tube shelving, benches and furniture made from 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne long tee with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong tee, 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: rail centre to bottom of socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: length of top barrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this tee outside or in wet areas, where it will rust. For outdoor rails choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised 26.9mm long tee\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLong tee or short tee?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the long tee wherever two lengths of top rail meet over a post. Where the rail runs straight over a post in one length, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eblack 26.9mm short tee\u003c\/a\u003e does the job at lower cost. A short tee cannot join two rails inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis long tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-steel-tube-26-9mm-x-3m\"\u003e26.9mm tube, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne long tee at every post where two top rail lengths meet. With 3 metre tube and posts at 1.5 metres, a joint falls on every second post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStraight run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail lengths (3m tube)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLong tees\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this tee will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. The same long tee in other sizes and finishes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-for-tubes\"\u003eBlack 33.7mm long tee\u003c\/a\u003e for heavier indoor rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-long-tee-key-clamp-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eBlack 42.4mm long tee\u003c\/a\u003e for standard handrails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eGalvanised 26.9mm long tee\u003c\/a\u003e for outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post fully into the socket. Cut rail ends square and deburr them, then push each rail into the barrel so the two ends meet in the middle. Level the rail and tighten all three grub screws with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year. Touch up any chips in the coat with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one long tee with all three grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan two rails be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the long barrel is for: push one rail in from each side so the ends meet in the middle, each held by its own screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use the galvanised long tee outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006327951747,"sku":"SSHF-122627-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-long-tee-26-9mm-landing-handrail.jpg?v=1794084483"},{"product_id":"premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm","title":"Black Key Clamp Short Tee for 26.9mm Tube, 90° Rail-Over-Post Fitting, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black short tee sits on top of a post and carries a rail straight through it, the most used fitting in any black key clamp rail or frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail passes through the top barrel and the post pushes up into the socket below, at 90°. Two grub screws, one above the other, lock both tubes. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, a smooth dark finish for interiors. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-short-tee-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp short tee, 42mm high and 40mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne rail over many posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail runs straight through each tee, so one length of tube can sit on as many posts as you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and adjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two grub screws and a hex key; loosen them to level the rail and tighten again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black coat suits black tube in shops, bars, cafés, offices and homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble and alter frames on site with hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop rails of indoor guard rails and balustrades, clothes and display rails, bar and counter foot rails, shelving and workbench frames, room dividers and black tube furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne short tee with two grub screws, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort tee, rail through the top, post into the socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), both tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis short tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way mid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen rail ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eMetal end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne short tee on top of every intermediate post that carries a continuous rail. A clothes rail with two uprights needs two; a guard rail needs one per intermediate post on its top rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering. The same fitting for 33.7mm tube: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 33.7mm short tee\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post up into the socket and tighten the lower screw. Slide the rail through the barrel, level it and tighten the upper screw with a hex key. Touch up chips with black paint and wipe clean with a damp cloth. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and will rust outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one short tee with both grub screws, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan two rails be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rail passes through in one piece. To join two rail lengths over a post, use the long tee.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006275424643,"sku":"SSHF-941827-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-short-tee-26-9mm-bar-foot-rail.jpg?v=1794098324"},{"product_id":"single-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp","title":"Black Key Clamp Single Swivel Socket for 26.9mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black single swivel socket joins a sloping rail to a post at whatever angle the stair or ramp sets, for black tube rails indoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the post with its own grub screw. The socket is riveted to the ring on a hinge, and the rail end pushes into it and is locked with a second grub screw. The socket tilts about 85° up or down from level, so the rail can meet the post at a stair pitch, a ramp slope or anything in between. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-single-swivel-socket-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp single swivel socket, 60mm from the socket end to the rivet and 39mm from the rivet to the post centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a single swivel socket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails at any slope.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed fittings only meet a post square. The hinge lets a stair or ramp rail land on its post at the true pitch, with no bending or cutting angles into the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat end to a sloping rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end sits inside the closed socket, so there is no open tube end at the post, and the joint looks deliberate on black tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo screws, no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the angle, tighten two grub screws with a hex key and the joint is made. It can be loosened and reset if the rail needs adjusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA matching dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat matches black tube and the other black key clamps in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStair handrails and newel posts in cafés, bars, shops and offices, mezzanine and loft stair rails, ramp rails inside public buildings, and sloping members of black tube shelving, display stands and furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne single swivel socket with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle swivel socket: ring for the post, hinged socket for the rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), post and rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwivel travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 85° up or down from level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: open end of the socket to the rivet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: socket face to the rivet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: rivet to the post centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: body height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRiveted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 to 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only, and know its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use it outside or in wet areas, where it will rust. For outdoor rails choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp\"\u003egalvanised 26.9mm single swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hinge is made to set an angle, not to take a sideways push: this fitting is not designed for lateral loads, and tube cannot be joined within it. Where people lean on the rail, use enough posts to carry it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping rail ending at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis single swivel socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel rail turning down into an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each post where a sloping rail ends. A straight stair rail between a bottom newel and a top post needs two, one at each end. Where the stair rail meets a level landing rail at a post, use one for the sloping rail and a tee or elbow for the level one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as ¾\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. The same black swivel socket is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003e33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the post at rail height. Cut the rail square at the length you need, deburr the end and push it fully into the socket. Swing the socket to the slope of the rail, then tighten both grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating; touch up chips with black paint. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one swivel socket with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use the galvanised swivel socket outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan a rail pass through the post ring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe post passes through the ring. The rail does not: it ends in the swivel socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published, and it is not designed for lateral loads. For a rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black stair rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006188360067,"sku":"SSHF-628803-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-single-swivel-socket-26-9mm-cafe-stair.jpg?v=1794058321"},{"product_id":"premium-electrophoretic-steel-tube-26-9mm","title":"Black Electrophoretic Steel Tube, 26.9mm OD x 2.5mm Wall, 1m Length, for Indoor Key Clamp Rails","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 1 metre length of black electrophoretic coated steel tube, 26.9mm outside diameter with a 2.5mm wall, for indoor rails, frames and fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black e-coat gives a smooth, even satin black finish that suits shop displays, clothes rails, shelving, stair handrails and furniture frames. It is the same outside diameter as 26.9mm key clamp fittings, so tees, elbows and flanges fit straight on. \u003cstrong\u003eFor indoor use only.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each length weighs about 1.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-e-coat-steel-tube-26x2-1m-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black electrophoretic steel tube: 26.9mm outside diameter, 2.5mm wall, 1000mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean black finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The electrophoretic coating is applied evenly over the whole tube, so there is no painting to do before it goes into a shop, bar, office or home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits 26.9mm key clamp fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Build rails and frames with no welding, using tees, elbows, crosses and floor flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA handy 1m length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ready for a short wall rail, a towel or utensil rail, a foot rail or the uprights of a small frame, with little or no cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA solid 2.5mm wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid enough for hanging rails and shelving, and grips key clamp grub screws firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall rails for towels, utensils and tools, indoor clothes rails and shop displays, industrial-style shelving, tables and benches, indoor stair handrails and balustrades, bar and counter foot rails, and workshop and storage frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 1000mm length of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000mm, square cut ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm key clamp fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic (e-coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only, not suitable for external use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther lengths and finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat tube, 26.9mm, 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat tube, 26.9mm, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-steel-tube-26-9mm-x-3m\"\u003eBlack tube, 26.9mm x 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat tube, 33.7mm, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-electrophoretic-steel-tube-33-7mm-od\"\u003eBlack tube, 33.7mm x 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised tube for outdoor use, 26.9mm, 3.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 26.9mm x 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll tube sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-circular-hollow-section\"\u003eRound steel tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting and fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the rail or frame and cut the tube square with a pipe cutter or fine-tooth saw. Deburr the end and touch up the bare steel with black metal paint. Slide the key clamp fittings on, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws with an Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coating is for indoor use only. For outdoor rails and frames, choose galvanised tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for one 1000mm length. For larger quantities, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fittings fit this tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eKey clamp fittings made for 26.9mm outside diameter tube, often listed as 3\/4 inch nominal bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58005766242691,"sku":"SSHF-087555-01","price":45.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-e-coat-steel-tube-26x2-1m-wall-rail.jpg?v=1794113987"},{"product_id":"premium-steel-tube-26-9mm-x-3m","title":"Black Electrophoretic Steel Tube, 26.9mm OD x 2.5mm Wall, 3m Length, for Indoor Key Clamp Rails","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 3 metre length of black electrophoretic coated steel tube, 26.9mm outside diameter with a 2.5mm wall, for indoor rails, frames and fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black e-coat gives a smooth, even satin black finish that suits shop displays, clothes rails, shelving, stair handrails and furniture frames. It is the same outside diameter as 26.9mm key clamp fittings, so tees, elbows and flanges fit straight on. \u003cstrong\u003eFor indoor use only.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each length weighs about 4.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-e-coat-steel-tube-26x2-3m-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black electrophoretic steel tube: 26.9mm outside diameter, 2.5mm wall, 3000mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean black finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The electrophoretic coating is applied evenly over the whole tube, so there is no painting to do before it goes into a shop, bar, office or home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits 26.9mm key clamp fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Build rails and frames with no welding, using tees, elbows, crosses and floor flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA full 3m length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut it into uprights and rails to suit, with little waste on a typical clothes rail or shelf frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA solid 2.5mm wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rigid enough for hanging rails and shelving, and grips key clamp grub screws firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor clothes rails and shop displays, industrial-style shelving, tables and benches, indoor stair handrails and balustrades, bar and counter foot rails, and workshop and storage frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 3000mm length of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000mm, square cut ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm key clamp fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic (e-coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only, not suitable for external use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther lengths and finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat tube, 26.9mm, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat tube, 26.9mm, 1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-electrophoretic-steel-tube-26-9mm\"\u003eBlack tube, 26.9mm x 1m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat tube, 33.7mm, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-electrophoretic-steel-tube-33-7mm-od\"\u003eBlack tube, 33.7mm x 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised tube for outdoor use, 26.9mm, 3.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 26.9mm x 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll tube sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-circular-hollow-section\"\u003eRound steel tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting and fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the rail or frame and cut the tube square with a pipe cutter or fine-tooth saw. Deburr the end and touch up the bare steel with black metal paint. Slide the key clamp fittings on, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws with an Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coating is for indoor use only. For outdoor rails and frames, choose galvanised tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for one 3000mm length. For larger quantities, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fittings fit this tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eKey clamp fittings made for 26.9mm outside diameter tube, often listed as 3\/4 inch nominal bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. Tube is a long item, so call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk if you need to confirm delivery access or a date before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58005568323971,"sku":"SSHF-120323-01","price":75.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-e-coat-steel-tube-26x2-3m-clothes-rail.jpg?v=1794113709"},{"product_id":"premium-double-swivel-connector-male-part","title":"Key Clamp Double Swivel Male Part for 60.3mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe double swivel male part is a ring with two flat lugs in line, for fixing infill panels or swivel parts either side of a 60.3mm tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube passes straight through the ring and is locked by one grub screw. Each lug has a hole for a rivet or bolt, so a mesh or sheet infill panel, or a female swivel part, can be fixed on each side. It is the male half of the double swivel socket, sold on its own so you can build your own panel and swivel joints. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-double-swivel-male-part-60-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 60.3mm key clamp double swivel male part, 62.5mm from the tube centre to each lug hole and 52mm ring height, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a double male part\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels either side of a post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two lugs sit in line, so a mesh, sheet or board infill panel can be bolted to each side of a single post, at any height you clamp the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuild your own swivel joints.\u003c\/strong\u003e Riveted to female swivel parts, the lugs make hinged connections that follow a slope, the same way the factory double swivel socket is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the tube with one grub screw, so the post keeps its galvanising and the fitting can be moved later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron in yards, fences and site enclosures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFixing mesh infill panels to 60.3mm tube posts in yard fencing and machine guards, sign and board mounting on scaffold-size tube, shelter and enclosure frames, and home-made swivel joints for sloping rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne double male part with grub screw fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble male part: through ring with two lugs in line at 180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.3mm outside diameter (size E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: tube centre to each lug hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: ring height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings for the lugs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included (rivets or bolts to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lugs carry panels and swivel parts; they are not made to take a sideways push. This fitting is not designed to withstand lateral loads, and tubes cannot be joined within it. For guard rails that people lean on, use fixed tees and corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated 60.3mm swivel parts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e60.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo lugs in line on a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis double male part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-made double swivel with sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp-1\"\u003eDouble swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne lug on a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-connector-2\"\u003eSingle male part\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSocket that rivets to a lug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-connector-1\"\u003eFemale swivel part\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per post at each height where panels or swivel parts fix on both sides. A mesh panel fixed top and bottom to each post needs two per post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 60.3mm tube is often sold as 2\" or 50mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 48.3mm tube. The same galvanised fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-swivel-connector-male-part-1\"\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-swivel-connector-male-part-2\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-swivel-connector\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-swivel-connector-male-part\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the tube, set the lugs to face the panels, and tighten the grub screw with the correct hex key. Fix each panel or swivel part to a lug with a rivet or a bolt and lock nut. Check the screw and fixings after the first week and once a year. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one double male part with its grub screw. The minimum order is 5. Lug fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I join two tubes with it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tube passes through the ring; tubes cannot be joined within this fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fits on the lugs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfill panel frames, brackets or female swivel parts, fixed with a rivet or bolt through each lug hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published, and it is not designed for lateral loads. For a structure that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58005337375107,"sku":"SSHF-218627-01","price":16.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-double-swivel-male-part-60-3mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794160061"},{"product_id":"premium-side-hook-square-key-clamp","title":"Square Key Clamp Side Hook for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Lift-Off Chain Hook, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA galvanised side hook that clamps onto 25 x 25mm square box section and holds the end of a chain, so the chain lifts off whenever you need to get through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square collar slides over the box section and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any height. A flat L shaped hook is cast on the side, its tip turned up, so a chain link drops on and lifts off in one movement. Use it on a pair of square posts to close a path, yard entrance, parking space or access gap with a chain. The galvanised finish suits indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one hook, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-side-hook-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the galvanised square key clamp side hook for 25 x 25mm box section, about 71mm overall with a 37mm square collar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA chain that opens in a second.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the end link off the hook to open the gap and drop it back to close it. No shackles or padlocks to undo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for square posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square collar fits 25mm box section snugly and cannot turn on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling or welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e It clamps on, so the height can be set and changed on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating suits yards, car parks, parks and farm gateways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChain barriers across footpaths, yard and depot entrances, reserved parking bays, park and field access gaps, play area openings, and staff-only areas indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side hook, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 71 x 37 x 37mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat L shape, tip turned up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHooks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain across a gap, lift-off at one end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain across a gap, lift-off at both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo chains, high and low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chain is not included. Choose a chain with links big enough to sit over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right hook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hook fits 25 x 25mm square box section. For 40 x 40mm box section, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003esquare side hook for 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e. For black indoor frames, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003eblack side hook clip for 25mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e. For a fixed base on the same box section, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/footplate-base-square-key-clamp\"\u003esquare footplate base\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA light-duty fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook is for locating a chain across an opening, not for a permanent or load-bearing chain fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the hook onto the post, set the height and turn the hook to face the gap, then tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Fit a matching hook or a fixed eye on the post opposite and hang the chain between them. Check the screw once a year and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one side hook, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the chain included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The hook only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section. Round tube needs a round hook clip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan box sections be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post passes through the collar; it does not join two sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58005113340291,"sku":"SSHF-251395-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-side-hook-25mm-box-farm-yard-chain.jpg?v=1794099075"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm","title":"Galvanised Steel Tube, 33.7mm OD x 2.6mm Wall, 1500mm Length, for Key Clamp Handrails","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 1500mm length of galvanised steel tube, 33.7mm outside diameter with a 2.6mm wall, for slim key clamp handrails, guard rails and frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the tube size for 33.7mm key clamp fittings, galvanised for outdoor use and supplied with square cut ends. A 1.5m length is easy to carry and handle, and suits short handrail runs, uprights, gate frames and repairs without cutting a longer length down. Each length weighs about 2.9 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-tube-33x2-1500-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the galvanised steel tube: 33.7mm outside diameter, 2.6mm wall, 1500mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for key clamp fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.7mm is the outside diameter that 33.7mm key clamp tees, elbows, flanges and crosses are made to fit, so the fittings grub-screw straight on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slimmer, lighter rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.7mm sits comfortably in the hand and is lighter to handle than 42.4mm, with a 2.6mm wall that still takes key clamp grub screws firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc finish protects the tube on ramps, steps, barriers and frames out in the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA handy 1.5m length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Short enough to carry in a car and handle on your own, long enough for uprights and short rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrails on steps and ramps, guard rails and edge protection, barriers and pedestrian guards, frames for staging, shelving, benches and greenhouses, gate frames, and general fabrication and repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 1500mm length of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm, square cut ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm key clamp fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther lengths and sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 1060mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-tube-1060mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 33.7mm x 1060mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm-1\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 42.4mm x 1500mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 48.3mm x 1500mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFittings to join the tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-galvanised-key-clamp-fittings-handrails\"\u003eGalvanised key clamp fittings\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting and fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the run and cut the tube square with a pipe cutter, cold saw or hacksaw, then deburr the end and treat the bare steel with zinc-rich paint. Slide the key clamp fittings on, set the rails level and the uprights plumb, and tighten the grub screws with an Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for one 1500mm length. For larger quantities, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich key clamp fittings fit this tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFittings made for 33.7mm outside diameter tube. They are often listed as 33.7mm or 1 inch nominal bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it square, deburr it and touch up the cut end with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57102065729923,"sku":"SSHF-644611-01","price":24.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-tube-33x2-1500-garden-handrail.jpg?v=1794114295"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm-1","title":"Galvanised Steel Tube, 42.4mm OD x 3.2mm Wall, 1500mm Length, for Key Clamp Handrails","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 1500mm length of heavy galvanised steel tube, 42.4mm outside diameter with a 3.2mm wall, for key clamp handrails, barriers and frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the standard tube size for 42.4mm key clamp fittings, galvanised for outdoor use and supplied with square cut ends. A 1.5m length is easy to carry and handle, and suits short handrail runs, uprights, gate frames and repairs without cutting a longer length down. Each length weighs about 4.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-tube-42x3-1500-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the galvanised steel tube: 42.4mm outside diameter, 3.2mm wall, 1500mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for key clamp fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e 42.4mm is the outside diameter that 42.4mm key clamp tees, elbows, flanges and crosses are made to fit, so the fittings grub-screw straight on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy 3.2mm wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick wall gives a rigid handrail and takes the grub screws of key clamp fittings without crushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc finish protects the tube on ramps, steps, barriers and frames out in the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA handy 1.5m length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Short enough to carry in a car and handle on your own, long enough for uprights and short rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrails on steps and ramps, guard rails and edge protection, barriers and pedestrian guards, frames for staging, shelving, benches and greenhouses, gate frames, and general fabrication and repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 1500mm length of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm, square cut ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm key clamp fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther lengths and sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 1060mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 42.4mm x 1060mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 42.4mm x 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 33.7mm x 1500mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 48.3mm x 1500mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFittings to join the tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-galvanised-key-clamp-fittings-handrails\"\u003eGalvanised key clamp fittings\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting and fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the run and cut the tube square with a pipe cutter, cold saw or hacksaw, then deburr the end and treat the bare steel with zinc-rich paint. Slide the key clamp fittings on, set the rails level and the uprights plumb, and tighten the grub screws with an Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for one 1500mm length. For larger quantities, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich key clamp fittings fit this tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFittings made for 42.4mm outside diameter tube. They are often listed as 42.4mm or 1 1\/4 inch nominal bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it square, deburr it and touch up the cut end with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57102065762691,"sku":"SSHF-677379-01","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-tube-42x3-1500-handrail-steps.jpg?v=1794113469"},{"product_id":"premium-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm","title":"Galvanised Steel Tube, 48.3mm OD x 3.2mm Wall, 1500mm Length, for Key Clamp Guard Rails","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 1500mm length of heavy galvanised steel tube, 48.3mm outside diameter with a 3.2mm wall, for strong key clamp guard rails, barriers and frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is the same outside diameter as scaffold tube and fits 48.3mm key clamp fittings, galvanised for outdoor use and supplied with square cut ends. A 1.5m length is easy to carry and handle, and suits short guard rail runs, uprights, gate frames and repairs without cutting a longer length down. Each length weighs about 5.2 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-tube-48x3-1500-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the galvanised steel tube: 48.3mm outside diameter, 3.2mm wall, 1500mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for key clamp fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.3mm is the outside diameter that 48.3mm key clamp tees, elbows, flanges and crosses are made to fit, so the fittings grub-screw straight on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy duty size.\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.3mm tube with a 3.2mm wall is stiffer than 33.7mm and 42.4mm tube, for guard rails at loading docks, pedestrian barriers in traffic areas and longer spans between uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc finish protects the tube on ramps, steps, barriers and frames out in the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA handy 1.5m length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Short enough to carry in a car and handle on your own, long enough for uprights and short rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuard rails and edge protection, loading dock and pedestrian barriers, handrails on steps and ramps, frames for staging, racking and platforms, gate frames, and general fabrication and repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 1500mm length of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm, square cut ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm key clamp fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 5.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther lengths and sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 1060mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-tube-1060mm-48-3mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 48.3mm x 1060mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 3500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 48.3mm x 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm-1\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 42.4mm x 1500mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm\"\u003eGalvanised tube, 33.7mm x 1500mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFittings to join the tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-galvanised-key-clamp-fittings-handrails\"\u003eGalvanised key clamp fittings\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting and fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the run and cut the tube square with a pipe cutter, cold saw or hacksaw, then deburr the end and treat the bare steel with zinc-rich paint. Slide the key clamp fittings on, set the rails level and the uprights plumb, and tighten the grub screws with an Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for one 1500mm length. For larger quantities, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich key clamp fittings fit this tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFittings made for 48.3mm outside diameter tube. They are often listed as 48.3mm or 1 1\/2 inch nominal bore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it square, deburr it and touch up the cut end with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57102065828227,"sku":"SSHF-742915-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-tube-48x3-1500-loading-dock-rail.jpg?v=1794114542"},{"product_id":"premium-galvanised-steel-tube","title":"Galvanised Steel Tube for Key Clamp Fittings, 26.9mm to 60.3mm OD, 1060mm, 1.5m and 3.5m Lengths","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised round steel tube in five key clamp sizes, 26.9mm to 60.3mm outside diameter, in 1060mm, 1.5m and 3.5m lengths.\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the diameter and length from the options above. Every size is the outside diameter that matching key clamp fittings are made for, galvanised for outdoor use and supplied with square cut ends, ready for handrails, guard rails, barriers and frames. The price shown is for one length of the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-steel-tube-range-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Size chart of the galvanised steel tube range: end sections of 26.9, 33.7, 42.4, 48.3 and 60.3mm tube drawn to scale, with the wall thickness and lengths of each\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery common key clamp size in one place.\u003c\/strong\u003e 26.9, 33.7, 42.4, 48.3 and 60.3mm, so you can buy the rails, uprights and heavier posts for a job together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for key clamp fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each diameter takes the tees, elbows, flanges and crosses made for it, so a handrail or barrier goes together with an Allen key and no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc finish protects the tube on ramps, steps, barriers and frames out in the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree useful lengths.\u003c\/strong\u003e 1060mm makes a ready-made upright with no cutting, 1.5m is easy to carry and suits short runs, and 3.5m gives long rails with fewer joins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is light and slim, for low rails, frames, shelving and garden structures. \u003cstrong\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a slim rail that sits well in the hand. \u003cstrong\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most popular handrail size for steps and ramps. \u003cstrong\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is the same diameter as scaffold tube and stiffer, for guard rails, barriers and longer spans. \u003cstrong\u003e60.3mm\u003c\/strong\u003e has a thick 3.6mm wall for barriers, tall posts and frames that take knocks or carry weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes, weights and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlso sold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 5.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£35.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.92 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£24.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£21.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£35.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm-1\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£69.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£27.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-tube-1060mm-48-3mm\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 5.15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£39.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-1500mm\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£78.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 17.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£118.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003eSingle listing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed 33.7mm tube in a ready-made 1060mm post length? Choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-galvanised-tube-1060mm\"\u003e33.7mm x 1060mm galvanised tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Fittings to join the tube are in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-galvanised-key-clamp-fittings-handrails\"\u003egalvanised key clamp fittings\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne length of tube in the diameter and length you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9, 33.7, 42.4, 48.3 and 60.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6mm (26.9 and 33.7mm), 3.2mm (42.4 and 48.3mm), 3.6mm (60.3mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060mm, 1.5m or 3.5m, depending on size, square cut ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey clamp fittings for the same outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting and fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the run and cut the tube square with a pipe cutter, cold saw or hacksaw, then deburr the end and treat the bare steel with zinc-rich paint. Slide the key clamp fittings on, set the rails level and the uprights plumb, and tighten the grub screws with an Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for one length of the diameter and length you choose. For larger quantities, call us for a quantity price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich key clamp fittings fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFittings made for the same outside diameter. They are often listed by nominal bore: 26.9mm is 3\/4 inch, 33.7mm is 1 inch, 42.4mm is 1 1\/4 inch, 48.3mm is 1 1\/2 inch and 60.3mm is 2 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it square, deburr it and touch up the cut end with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. Tube is a long item, so call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk if you need to confirm delivery access or a date before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"42.4mm \/ 3.5m","offer_id":57102066254211,"sku":"SSHF-873987-05","price":69.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48.3mm \/ 3.5m","offer_id":57102066286979,"sku":"SSHF-873987-08","price":78.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42.4mm \/ 1.06m","offer_id":57102066385283,"sku":"SSHF-873987-03","price":21.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48.3mm \/ 1.06m","offer_id":57102066418051,"sku":"SSHF-873987-06","price":27.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"42.4mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":57102066450819,"sku":"SSHF-873987-04","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"26.9mm \/ 3.5m","offer_id":57102066483587,"sku":"SSHF-873987-01","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"60.3mm \/ 3.5m","offer_id":57102066516355,"sku":"SSHF-873987-09","price":118.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"48.3mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":57102066549123,"sku":"SSHF-873987-07","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"33.7mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":57102066581891,"sku":"SSHF-873987-02","price":24.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/galvanised-steel-tube-range-stockholder.jpg?v=1794118768"},{"product_id":"key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-tube","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Corner Post Kit for 33.7mm Tube, 1100mm Two-Rail Guardrail Corner, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe corner post kit turns a two-rail yellow key clamp guardrail through 90°, in high-visibility traffic yellow that stands out on a warehouse floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is everything for one 1100mm corner post on 33.7mm tube: an oval base flange, a 1060mm length of post tube, a mid rail corner at 550mm and a top rail corner on top. Both rails meet at the post at a right angle and end inside closed sockets, so there are no open tube ends at the corner. Tube and fittings are powder coated yellow RAL 1023 and are made mainly for indoor use. It comes loose, ready for you to assemble with a hex key. The price shown is for one complete kit; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 33.7mm key clamp corner post kit, 1100mm overall with the mid rail corner at 550mm, a top rail corner on top and an oval base flange\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use the corner post kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base, post tube and both rail fittings come together, with the tube already cut to length, so there is nothing to measure or cut for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean 90° turn on both rails.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top and mid rail corners take both rail ends at a right angle, so the guardrail wraps round a machine, pit or walkway edge with no gaps and no cut tube ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow marks the edge of a walkway, mezzanine or machine area clearly, and matches yellow line marking and racking protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel with the rest of the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The yellow end, mid and corner post kits all stand 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from end to end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe corners of pedestrian guardrails along warehouse and factory walkways, the open edges of mezzanine floors and platforms, guarding round machinery, plant and work cells, segregation between people and forklift routes, and edge protection round loading bays and pits indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne corner post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, 1060mm post tube, mid rail corner, top rail corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits rail tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo sides at 90°, both rails end at the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, brass coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMainly indoor (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a yellow two-rail guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e33.7mm yellow item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach 90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis corner post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-2\"\u003eYellow mid post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit-1\"\u003eYellow end post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and mid rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-33-7mm-x-3-5m\"\u003eYellow 33.7mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail joins between posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-joint-key-clamp-2\"\u003eYellow straight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnding against a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eYellow wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts are sold singly too: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-3\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-mid-rail-corner-key-clamp\"\u003emid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-corner-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003etop rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-1060mm\"\u003e1060mm post tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne corner post kit at every 90° turn. A guardrail round three sides of an area needs two corner kits and two end kits; round all four sides, four corner kits. Space mid posts at up to 2 metre centres between them, and allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit takes 33.7mm outside diameter rail, often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. For a heavier rail, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-1\"\u003eyellow corner post kit for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post tube into the oval base and tighten its grub screw. Slide the mid rail corner on and set its centre 550mm above the floor with the sockets facing along the two runs, then fit the top rail corner on top so the overall height is 1100mm. Stand the post in place, mark the two holes in the base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rails fully into both corner fittings, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up chips with yellow RAL 1023 paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the powder coat suits outdoor use, but the brass-coated grub screws will rust outside. If the guardrail is outdoors, coat the threads inside each fitting and the grub screws with matching yellow paint after fitting. For a long outdoor life, galvanised key clamp is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete kit: base, post tube, mid rail corner and top rail corner. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose with the post tube cut to length. Assembly takes a few minutes with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it turn left or right?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. The corner fittings turn on the post before the screws are tightened, so the kit suits a left or right hand corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58004045398403,"sku":"SSHF-068291-01","price":71.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-machine-guard.jpg?v=1794099396"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit","title":"Yellow Key Clamp End Post Kit for 42.4mm Tube, 1100mm Two-Rail Guardrail Post, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe end post kit finishes a two-rail yellow key clamp guardrail with a neat, closed end, in high-visibility traffic yellow that stands out on a warehouse floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is everything for one 1100mm end post on 42.4mm tube: an oval base flange, a 1060mm length of post tube, a short tee at 550mm for the mid rail and a 90° elbow on top for the top rail. Both rails end at this post, the top rail turning down into the post through the elbow, so there are no open tube ends where people walk. Tube and fittings are powder coated yellow RAL 1023 and are made mainly for indoor use. It comes loose, ready for you to assemble with a hex key. The price shown is for one complete kit; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-end-post-kit-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 42.4mm key clamp end post kit, 1100mm overall with the mid rail short tee at 550mm, a 90 degree elbow on top and an oval base flange\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use the end post kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base, post tube and both rail fittings come together, with the tube already cut to length, so there is nothing to measure or cut for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rails, both ended safely.\u003c\/strong\u003e The elbow closes off the top rail and the short tee takes the end of the mid rail, so the guardrail finishes with smooth bends and no cut tube ends at hip or hand height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow marks the edge of a walkway, mezzanine or machine area clearly, and matches yellow line marking and racking protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel with the rest of the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The yellow end and corner post kits both stand 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from end to end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ends of pedestrian guardrails along warehouse and factory walkways, the open edges of mezzanine floors and platforms, guarding round machinery, plant and work cells, segregation between people and forklift routes, and edge protection round loading bays and pits indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne end post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, 1060mm post tube, short tee, 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits rail tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side only, both rails end at the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, brass coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMainly indoor (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a yellow two-rail guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e42.4mm yellow item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis end post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/yellow-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eYellow mid post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach 90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-1\"\u003eYellow corner post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and mid rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/yellow-powder-coated-steel-tube-42-4mm\"\u003eYellow 42.4mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail joins between posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-joint-key-clamp-1\"\u003eYellow straight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnding against a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eYellow wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts are sold singly too: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-2\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-clamp-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-powder-coated-steel-tube-1\"\u003e1060mm post tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo end post kits for every separate run, one at each end. A run that ends against a wall needs only one; finish the other end with wall flanges. Space mid posts at up to 2 metre centres between them, and allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit takes 42.4mm outside diameter rail, often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore, the most common size for pedestrian guardrail. For a lighter rail, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit-1\"\u003eyellow end post kit for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post tube into the oval base and tighten its grub screw. Slide the short tee on and set its centre 550mm above the floor, then fit the elbow on top so the overall height is 1100mm. Stand the post in place, mark the two holes in the base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rails fully into the elbow and the tee, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up chips with yellow RAL 1023 paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the powder coat suits outdoor use, but the brass-coated grub screws will rust outside. If the guardrail is outdoors, coat the threads inside each fitting and the grub screws with matching yellow paint after fitting. For a long outdoor life, galvanised key clamp is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete kit: base, post tube, short tee and elbow. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose with the post tube cut to length. Assembly takes a few minutes with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rails carry on past the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both rails end at this post. For a post the rails pass through, use the yellow mid post kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58003970556291,"sku":"SSHF-199363-01","price":77.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-end-post-kit-42-4mm-loading-dock.jpg?v=1794094491"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit-1","title":"Yellow Key Clamp End Post Kit for 33.7mm Tube, 1100mm Two-Rail Guardrail Post, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe end post kit finishes a two-rail yellow key clamp guardrail with a neat, closed end, in high-visibility traffic yellow that stands out on a warehouse floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is everything for one 1100mm end post on 33.7mm tube: an oval base flange, a 1060mm length of post tube, a short tee at 550mm for the mid rail and a 90° elbow on top for the top rail. Both rails end at this post, the top rail turning down into the post through the elbow, so there are no open tube ends where people walk. Tube and fittings are powder coated yellow RAL 1023 and are made mainly for indoor use. It comes loose, ready for you to assemble with a hex key. The price shown is for one complete kit; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-end-post-kit-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 33.7mm key clamp end post kit, 1100mm overall with the mid rail short tee at 550mm, a 90 degree elbow on top and an oval base flange\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use the end post kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base, post tube and both rail fittings come together, with the tube already cut to length, so there is nothing to measure or cut for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rails, both ended safely.\u003c\/strong\u003e The elbow closes off the top rail and the short tee takes the end of the mid rail, so the guardrail finishes with smooth bends and no cut tube ends at hip or hand height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow marks the edge of a walkway, mezzanine or machine area clearly, and matches yellow line marking and racking protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel with the rest of the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The yellow end, mid and corner post kits all stand 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from end to end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ends of pedestrian guardrails along warehouse and factory walkways, the open edges of mezzanine floors and platforms, guarding round machinery, plant and work cells, segregation between people and forklift routes, and edge protection round loading bays and pits indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne end post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, 1060mm post tube, short tee, 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits rail tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side only, both rails end at the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, brass coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMainly indoor (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a yellow two-rail guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e33.7mm yellow item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis end post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-2\"\u003eYellow mid post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach 90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eYellow corner post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and mid rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-33-7mm-x-3-5m\"\u003eYellow 33.7mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail joins between posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-joint-key-clamp-2\"\u003eYellow straight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnding against a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eYellow wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts are sold singly too: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-3\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-connector-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-1060mm\"\u003e1060mm post tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo end post kits for every separate run, one at each end. A run that ends against a wall needs only one; finish the other end with wall flanges. Space mid posts at up to 2 metre centres between them, and allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit takes 33.7mm outside diameter rail, often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. For a heavier rail, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit\"\u003eyellow end post kit for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post tube into the oval base and tighten its grub screw. Slide the short tee on and set its centre 550mm above the floor, then fit the elbow on top so the overall height is 1100mm. Stand the post in place, mark the two holes in the base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rails fully into the elbow and the tee, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up chips with yellow RAL 1023 paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the powder coat suits outdoor use, but the brass-coated grub screws will rust outside. If the guardrail is outdoors, coat the threads inside each fitting and the grub screws with matching yellow paint after fitting. For a long outdoor life, galvanised key clamp is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete kit: base, post tube, short tee and elbow. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose with the post tube cut to length. Assembly takes a few minutes with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rails carry on past the post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both rails end at this post. For a post the rails pass through, use the yellow mid post kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58003871564163,"sku":"SSHF-232131-01","price":59.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-end-post-kit-33-7mm-warehouse-walkway.jpg?v=1794094152"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Corner Post Kit for 48.3mm Tube, 1100mm Two-Rail Guardrail Corner, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe corner post kit turns a two-rail yellow key clamp guardrail through 90°, in high-visibility traffic yellow that stands out on a warehouse floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is everything for one 1100mm corner post on 48.3mm tube: an oval base flange, a 1060mm length of post tube, a mid rail corner at 550mm and a top rail corner on top. Both rails meet at the post at a right angle and end inside closed sockets, so there are no open tube ends at the corner. Tube and fittings are powder coated yellow RAL 1023 and are made mainly for indoor use. It comes loose, ready for you to assemble with a hex key. The price shown is for one complete kit; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 48.3mm key clamp corner post kit, 1100mm overall with the mid rail corner at 550mm, a top rail corner on top and an oval base flange\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use the corner post kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base, post tube and both rail fittings come together, with the tube already cut to length, so there is nothing to measure or cut for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean 90° turn on both rails.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top and mid rail corners take both rail ends at a right angle, so the guardrail wraps round a machine, pit or walkway edge with no gaps and no cut tube ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow marks the edge of a walkway, mezzanine or machine area clearly, and matches yellow line marking and racking protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel with the rest of the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The yellow mid and corner post kits both stand 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from end to end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe corners of pedestrian guardrails along warehouse and factory walkways, the open edges of mezzanine floors and platforms, guarding round machinery, plant and work cells, segregation between people and forklift routes, and edge protection round loading bays and pits indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne corner post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, 1060mm post tube, mid rail corner, top rail corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits rail tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo sides at 90°, both rails end at the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, brass coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMainly indoor (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a yellow two-rail guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e48.3mm yellow item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach 90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis corner post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit\"\u003eYellow mid post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/yellow-key-clamp-end-post-kit-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eYellow end post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and mid rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-48-3mm-x-3-5m\"\u003eYellow 48.3mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail joins between posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-straight-joint-key-clamp\"\u003eYellow straight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnding against a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eYellow wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts are sold singly too: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-base-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-degree-3-way-mid-rail-corner-key-clamp\"\u003emid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-corner-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003etop rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-powder-coated-steel-tube\"\u003e1060mm post tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne corner post kit at every 90° turn. A guardrail round three sides of an area needs two corner kits plus two end post kits; round all four sides, four corner kits. Space mid posts at up to 2 metre centres between them, and allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit takes 48.3mm outside diameter rail, the same size as scaffold tube, for the heaviest duty guardrails. For a lighter rail, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-1\"\u003eyellow corner post kit for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post tube into the oval base and tighten its grub screw. Slide the mid rail corner on and set its centre 550mm above the floor with the sockets facing along the two runs, then fit the top rail corner on top so the overall height is 1100mm. Stand the post in place, mark the two holes in the base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rails fully into both corner fittings, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up chips with yellow RAL 1023 paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the powder coat suits outdoor use, but the brass-coated grub screws will rust outside. If the guardrail is outdoors, coat the threads inside each fitting and the grub screws with matching yellow paint after fitting. For a long outdoor life, galvanised key clamp is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete kit: base, post tube, mid rail corner and top rail corner. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose with the post tube cut to length. Assembly takes a few minutes with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it turn left or right?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. The corner fittings turn on the post before the screws are tightened, so the kit suits a left or right hand corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58003780436355,"sku":"SSHF-363203-01","price":100.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-48-3mm-charging-bay.jpg?v=1794099641"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-1","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Guardrail Corner Post Kit for 42.4mm Tube, 1100mm, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe yellow corner post kit is everything needed for the corner post of a two-rail high-visibility guardrail, in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e It contains an oval base flange, a 1060mm post tube, a mid rail corner and a top rail corner, all for 42.4mm tube and all in gloss traffic yellow (RAL 1023). Built up, the post stands 1100mm high with the mid rail at 550mm, and the top and mid rails leave it at 90° to each other so the guardrail turns a square corner. It is supplied loose, goes together with a hex key, and is best used indoors. The price shown is for one complete kit; the rails themselves are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 42.4mm key clamp corner post kit, 1100mm high with the mid rail corner at 550mm, base flange, post, mid rail corner and top rail corner\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy the corner post as a kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe right parts, cut and matched.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post tube is already cut to length for a 1100mm guardrail, and the three fittings are the ones a corner post needs, so there is nothing to work out and nothing missing on the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the building.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow posts and fittings stand out against grey floors, racking and machinery, so drivers and pedestrians see the barrier and its corners straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no cutting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw the base to the floor, push the post in, slide on the mid rail corner, cap it with the top rail corner and tighten the grub screws. The barrier can be moved or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard guardrail heights.\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100mm to the top rail and 550mm to the mid rail are the heights commonly used for pedestrian guardrails in workplaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorners of pedestrian walkway barriers and forklift aisle guards in warehouses and factories, guarding round machines, plant and charging areas, mezzanine and platform edges, and loading bay corners under cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne corner post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 oval base flange, 1 post tube 1060mm, 1 three way mid rail corner, 1 three way top rail corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight to top rail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight to mid rail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail directions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, at 90° to each other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron fittings, steel tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass-coated, hex socket, 3\/8\" BSP, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest used indoors (see below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors or outdoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder coat is made for indoor use. The brass-coated grub screws and the bare threads inside the screw holes will rust outside. If you do fit it outdoors, paint the threads and screw heads with matching RAL 1023 yellow paint after tightening, and touch up any chips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a full guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYellow 42.4mm item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis corner post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit\"\u003eEnd post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/yellow-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eYellow mid post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/yellow-powder-coated-steel-tube-42-4mm\"\u003eYellow 42.4mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpare post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-powder-coated-steel-tube-1\"\u003eYellow 42.4mm tube, 1060mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parts are also sold singly: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-2\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-mid-rail-corner-key-clamp-42-4mm-1\"\u003emid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-top-rail-corner-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003etop rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne kit for every 90° corner. A barrier round three sides of a bay has two corners and two ends, so it needs two corner post kits and two end post kits, plus intermediate posts at up to 2 metre centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore, and is the usual size for workplace guardrails. The same yellow corner post kit is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the base flange to the floor with two suitable anchors (not included). Push the post fully into the base and tighten its screws. Slide the mid rail corner onto the post, fit the top rail corner on the top, cut the rails to length and push them into the sockets. Square up and level the rails, then tighten every grub screw with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete corner post: base, post and two corner fittings. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose and goes together with a hex key in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used indoors. Outside, the screws and threads need painting to stop rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for the kit. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58003677610371,"sku":"SSHF-494275-01","price":87.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-corner-post-kit-42-4mm-warehouse-walkway.jpg?v=1794080067"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Mid Post Kit for 48.3mm Tube, 1100mm Two-Rail Guardrail Post, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe mid post kit carries a two-rail yellow key clamp guardrail between its end and corner posts, in high-visibility traffic yellow that stands out on a warehouse floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is everything for one 1100mm intermediate post on 48.3mm tube: an oval base flange, a 1060mm length of post tube, a four way cross at 550mm for the mid rail and a long tee on top for the top rail. The rails carry on through the post in a straight line, and the long tee lets two top rail lengths meet over the post. Tube and fittings are powder coated yellow RAL 1023 and are made mainly for indoor use. It comes loose, ready for you to assemble with a hex key. The price shown is for one complete kit; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 48.3mm key clamp mid post kit, 1100mm overall with a four way cross at 550mm, a long tee on top and an oval base flange\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use the mid post kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base, post tube and both rail fittings come together, with the tube already cut to length, so there is nothing to measure or cut for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoins rail lengths at the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long tee and four way cross take a rail end from each side, so 3.5m rail lengths meet neatly over a post with no extra joints in the bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow marks the edge of a walkway, mezzanine or machine area clearly, and matches yellow line marking and racking protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel with the rest of the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The yellow mid and corner post kits both stand 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from end to end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe intermediate posts of pedestrian guardrails along warehouse and factory walkways, the open edges of mezzanine floors and platforms, guarding round machinery, plant and work cells, segregation between people and forklift routes, and edge protection round loading bays and pits indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne mid post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, 1060mm post tube, four way cross, long tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits rail tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight through, rails both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, brass coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMainly indoor (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a yellow two-rail guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e48.3mm yellow item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis mid post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach 90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-corner-post-kit\"\u003eYellow corner post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/yellow-key-clamp-end-post-kit-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eYellow end post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and mid rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-48-3mm-x-3-5m\"\u003eYellow 48.3mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail joins between posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-straight-joint-key-clamp\"\u003eYellow straight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnding against a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eYellow wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts are sold singly too: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-base-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003efour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-for-48-3mm-tube\"\u003elong tee\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-powder-coated-steel-tube\"\u003e1060mm post tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace mid posts at up to 2 metre centres between the end and corner posts. A straight 10 metre run needs two end posts and four mid post kits. Allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit takes 48.3mm outside diameter rail, the same size as scaffold tube, for the heaviest duty guardrails. For a lighter rail, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-2\"\u003eyellow mid post kit for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post tube into the oval base and tighten its grub screw. Slide the four way cross on and set its centre 550mm above the floor with the sockets facing along the run, then fit the long tee on top so the overall height is 1100mm. Stand the post in place, mark the two holes in the base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rail ends fully into the cross and the tee, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up chips with yellow RAL 1023 paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the powder coat suits outdoor use, but the brass-coated grub screws will rust outside. If the guardrail is outdoors, coat the threads inside each fitting and the grub screws with matching yellow paint after fitting. For a long outdoor life, galvanised key clamp is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete kit: base, post tube, four way cross and long tee. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose with the post tube cut to length. Assembly takes a few minutes with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rails turn a corner at this post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The mid post keeps both rails in a straight line. At a 90° turn, use the yellow corner post kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58003657130371,"sku":"SSHF-592579-01","price":101.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-48-3mm-warehouse-aisle.jpg?v=1794128760"},{"product_id":"premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-2","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Mid Post Kit for 33.7mm Tube, 1100mm Two-Rail Guardrail Post, RAL 1023","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe mid post kit carries a two-rail yellow key clamp guardrail between its end and corner posts, in high-visibility traffic yellow that stands out on a warehouse floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is everything for one 1100mm intermediate post on 33.7mm tube: an oval base flange, a 1060mm length of post tube, a four way cross at 550mm for the mid rail and a long tee on top for the top rail. The rails carry on through the post in a straight line, and the long tee lets two top rail lengths meet over the post. Tube and fittings are powder coated yellow RAL 1023 and are made mainly for indoor use. It comes loose, ready for you to assemble with a hex key. The price shown is for one complete kit; rails and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the yellow 33.7mm key clamp mid post kit, 1100mm overall with a four way cross at 550mm, a long tee on top and an oval base flange\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use the mid post kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery part in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base, post tube and both rail fittings come together, with the tube already cut to length, so there is nothing to measure or cut for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoins rail lengths at the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long tee and four way cross take a rail end from each side, so rail lengths meet neatly over a post with no extra joints in the bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow marks the edge of a walkway, mezzanine or machine area clearly, and matches yellow line marking and racking protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel with the rest of the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The yellow end, mid and corner post kits all stand 1100mm overall with the mid rail at 550mm, so both rails run level from end to end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe intermediate posts of pedestrian guardrails along warehouse and factory walkways, the open edges of mezzanine floors and platforms, guarding round machinery, plant and work cells, segregation between people and forklift routes, and edge protection round loading bays and pits indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne mid post kit, supplied loose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval base flange, 1060mm post tube, four way cross, long tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits rail tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid rail height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight through, rails both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel tube, malleable iron fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, brass coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMainly indoor (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail tube and floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a yellow two-rail guardrail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart of the run\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e33.7mm yellow item\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis mid post kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach 90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/key-clamp-corner-post-kit-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eYellow corner post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach end of the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-end-post-kit-1\"\u003eYellow end post kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and mid rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-33-7mm-x-3-5m\"\u003eYellow 33.7mm tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail joins between posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-joint-key-clamp-2\"\u003eYellow straight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnding against a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eYellow wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare parts are sold singly too: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-3\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-key-clamp-2\"\u003efour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-33-7mm-tube\"\u003elong tee\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-1060mm\"\u003e1060mm post tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace mid posts at up to 2 metre centres between the end and corner posts. A straight 10 metre run needs two end posts and four mid post kits. Allow two lengths of rail tube for each bay, one top and one mid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit takes 33.7mm outside diameter rail, often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. For the heaviest duty guardrails, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-mid-post-kit\"\u003eyellow mid post kit for 48.3mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep every post, fitting and rail on one run the same tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the post tube into the oval base and tighten its grub screw. Slide the four way cross on and set its centre 550mm above the floor with the sockets facing along the run, then fit the long tee on top so the overall height is 1100mm. Stand the post in place, mark the two holes in the base, drill and fix with anchors to suit the floor (not included). Push the rail ends fully into the cross and the tee, level them and tighten every grub screw with a hex key. Check the anchors and screws after the first week and then once a year, and touch up chips with yellow RAL 1023 paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the powder coat suits outdoor use, but the brass-coated grub screws will rust outside. If the guardrail is outdoors, coat the threads inside each fitting and the grub screws with matching yellow paint after fitting. For a long outdoor life, galvanised key clamp is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the whole post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete kit: base, post tube, four way cross and long tee. Rails and floor fixings are extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied loose with the post tube cut to length. Assembly takes a few minutes with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rails turn a corner at this post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The mid post keeps both rails in a straight line. At a 90° turn, use the yellow corner post kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For a guardrail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the floor fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full guardrail run, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58003151815043,"sku":"SSHF-887491-01","price":67.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-mid-post-kit-33-7mm-mezzanine-walkway.jpg?v=1794130417"},{"product_id":"premium-centre-cross-connector-25mm-tubes","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Centre Cross for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square centre cross joins four rails to one upright in the middle of a 25 x 25mm box section frame, all at 90°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes straight through the centre of the fitting, and four square sockets around it take horizontal rails running front, back, left and right. Each box section is locked by a hex socket grub screw, so there is no welding, drilling or bolting. It is the fitting for the middle uprights of lighter frames, where rails run off in every direction. It is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-centre-cross-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp centre cross for 25 x 25mm box section, 86 x 86mm across the arms and 61mm high, with the upright passing through\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a centre cross\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour rails, one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the middle of a frame, rails meet an upright from all four sides. One centre cross does the job of several tees, with every rail at the same height and square to its neighbours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe upright carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes straight through, so a single length runs from the floor to the top of the frame, with shelves or levels fixed wherever you set the cross.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare section, no twisting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section cannot spin in a square socket, so rails stay square and level and shelf boards sit flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, extended or moved later. The finish stays intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne centre cross with grub screws fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour way centre cross, upright through the middle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, upright and all four rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: across the arms, front to back\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the arms, side to side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upright passes through and cannot be joined inside this fitting; to extend an upright, use a joint elsewhere along it. The four rails end in their sockets and do not pass through. No load rating is published, so for shelving that carries heavy stock, ask an engineer to check the frame, or use the larger 40 x 40mm size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e25 x 25mm square fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour rails round a middle upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis centre cross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree rails round an edge upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm\"\u003eThree way side outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail passing through, with rails off both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-connector\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail joined over an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-elbow-connector-25mm\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each level of every middle upright that has rails on all four sides. A frame three bays long and two bays deep, with two levels of rails, has two middle uprights and needs four centre crosses; the edge and corner uprights use side outlet tees and corner fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This cross suits 25 x 25mm box only: measure across one face. It will not grip round tube. For heavier frames, the same centre cross is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-centre-cross-square-key-clamp\"\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cross onto the upright and set its height. Cut the rails square and deburr them, push each fully into its socket, level the frame and tighten all grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one centre cross with its grub screws fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the upright be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The upright passes straight through and cannot be joined in this fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-centre-cross-connector-25mm-tubes\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993876144515,"sku":"SSHF-109315-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-centre-cross-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794160091"},{"product_id":"premium-single-swivel-connector","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Single Swivel for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square single swivel joins a 25 x 25mm box section brace to an upright at almost any angle, where fixed square fittings will not line up.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is two square cast sockets joined by a riveted hinge. One socket slides on the upright, which passes straight through it, and the other takes the end of the angled box section. The hinge tilts about 85° up or down from level, and a grub screw in each socket locks the box sections once the angle is set. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only. It is for bracing, infill and frames, not for load-bearing joints. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-single-swivel-25mm-box-section-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp single swivel for 25 x 25mm box section, 160mm long overall, each socket 65mm long and 52mm across, shown swivelled\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square swivel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny angle, on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square tees and elbows hold box section at 90° only. The swivel follows whatever angle your brace actually meets the upright at, so you do not have to work it out in advance or cut angled ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe upright carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes through its socket, so the swivel can sit anywhere along a post and the post can continue above and below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare on square.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section sits flat inside the square sockets and cannot twist, so a brace stays upright in its plane once the screws are tight, which round tube fittings cannot promise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e No welding, no mitred cuts and no drilled brackets, which saves time on site and keeps the finish whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square single swivel (two sockets, riveted) with grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle swivel combination fitting for square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, upright and brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwivel range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 85° up and 85° down from level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall length, flat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e119mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: length of one socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: socket width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron, steel rivet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, one in each socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot designed to withstand loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBox sections cannot be joined end to end inside this fitting. The angled box section ends in its socket, and only the upright passes through. It is not designed to carry loads, so do not use it where it holds people's weight or a hanging load. It fits 25 x 25mm box section only and will not grip round tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs the swivel right for the job?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need, in 25 x 25mm box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA brace at an odd angle to an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis square single swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA rail at 90° to an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA top rail turning down into a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-elbow-connector-25mm\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA box section fixed to a wall at an angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-fixing-square-tubes\"\u003eSwivel fixing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each end of an angled box section that meets an upright. A diagonal brace between two posts needs two, one at each end, unless one end is fixed with another fitting. A sloping shelf on a display frame needs one at each upright it meets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across one face: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm box only. For lighter frames the same swivel is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-connector\"\u003e25 x 25mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the through socket onto the upright and set its height. Push the angled box section fully into the other socket, swing it to the angle you need, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that, and touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete square swivel, both sockets riveted together, with its grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The sockets are square and made for 25 x 25mm box section. For round tube, use a round single swivel socket of the matching tube size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the box section pass through both sockets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Only the upright passes through. The angled box section ends inside its socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not designed to withstand loads. For a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-connector\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a canopy or display frame, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993738060163,"sku":"SSHF-371459-01","price":15.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-single-swivel-25mm-box-section-in-use.jpg?v=1794141298"},{"product_id":"premium-side-hook-clip-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Side Hook for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black side hook that clamps onto 25 x 25mm black square box section and holds the end of a chain, so the chain lifts off whenever you need to get through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square collar slides over the box section and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any height. A flat L shaped hook is cast on the side, its tip turned up, so a chain link drops on and lifts off in one movement. Use it on a pair of square posts to close an aisle, display area or access gap with a chain. It has a black electrophoretic finish and is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one hook, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-side-hook-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the galvanised square key clamp side hook for 25 x 25mm box section, about 71mm overall with a 37mm square collar\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA chain that opens in a second.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the end link off the hook to open the gap and drop it back to close it. No shackles or padlocks to undo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for square posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square collar fits 25mm box section snugly and cannot turn on the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling or welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e It clamps on, so the height can be set and changed on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side hook, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 71 x 37 x 37mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat L shape, tip turned up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHooks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain across a gap, lift-off at one end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain across a gap, lift-off at both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo chains, high and low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chain is not included. Choose a chain with links big enough to sit over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right hook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hook fits 25 x 25mm square box section. For 40 x 40mm box section, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003esquare side hook for 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e. For black indoor frames, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003eblack side hook clip for 25mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e. For a fixed base on the same box section, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003esquare footplate base\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA light-duty fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook is for locating a chain across an opening, not for a permanent or load-bearing chain fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the hook onto the post, set the height and turn the hook to face the gap, then tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Fit a matching hook or a fixed eye on the post opposite and hang the chain between them. Check the screw once a year and touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one side hook, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the chain included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The hook only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section. Round tube needs a round hook clip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan box sections be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post passes through the collar; it does not join two sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993631859075,"sku":"SSHF-436995-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-side-hook-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794160119"},{"product_id":"premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Short Tee for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square key clamp short tee joins two square tubes at 90°, typically a vertical post to the top rail on a straight, level indoor frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail passes straight through the top of the block and the post pushes up into the socket below; two hex socket grub screws, one above the other, lock both. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, so black square tube frames can be built without welding. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-short-tee-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp short tee for 25 x 25mm box section, 62mm high and 36mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a black square short tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails run on over posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The barrel lets one length of rail pass over each post, so there are fewer joints along a run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black coat suits black box section in shops, bars, cafés, offices and homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor square section handrails and balustrades, clothes and display rails, shop fitting frames, benches, tables and workstations, shelving, room dividers and any black indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne black square short tee with two grub screws, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: lower socket depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and will rust outdoors. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail running through over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis short tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eBlack long tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003eBlack square footplate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003egalvanised 25 x 25mm short tee\u003c\/a\u003e, which is the same shape with a zinc coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Push the post up into the socket and tighten the lower screw. Slide the rail through the top, set it level and tighten the upper screw firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up chips with black paint and wipe clean with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with both grub screws, with a minimum order of 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the post pass through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post ends in the socket below; the rail passes through the barrel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 6 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993472999811,"sku":"SSHF-797443-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-short-tee-25mm-box-1.jpg?v=1794130895"},{"product_id":"premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Long Tee for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square key clamp long tee joins a vertical post to the top rail at 90° on a straight, level indoor frame, with a long T shaped body that grips the rail over 87mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail runs through the long bar, or two rail lengths meet inside it, and the post pushes up into the leg below. Three hex socket grub screws lock them, one at each end of the bar and one in the leg. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, so black square tube frames can be built without welding. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-long-tee-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp long tee for 25 x 25mm box section, 87mm long and 61mm high\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a black square long tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA longer grip on the rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long bar holds the rail over a greater length than the short tee, for a stiffer joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoin two rail lengths at a post.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a screw at each end of the bar, two lengths of rail can meet inside the fitting over a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black coat suits black box section in shops, bars, cafés, offices and homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor square section handrails and balustrades, clothes and display rails, shop fitting frames, benches, tables and workstations, shelving, room dividers and any black indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne black square long tee with three grub screws, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: rail centre to end of leg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: length of the bar\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and will rust outdoors. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis long tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail running through over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eBlack short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003eBlack square footplate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-square-key-clamp\"\u003egalvanised 25 x 25mm long tee\u003c\/a\u003e, which is the same shape with a zinc coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Push the post up into the leg and tighten its screw. Slide the rail into the bar, set it level and tighten both bar screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up chips with black paint and wipe clean with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with all three grub screws, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference from the short tee?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe long tee has a wide T shaped body with a screw at each end of the bar, so it grips the rail for longer and can join two rail lengths. The short tee is a compact block with two screws, and the rail runs through it in one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993418637699,"sku":"SSHF-895747-01","price":15.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-long-tee-25mm-box-1.jpg?v=1794131248"},{"product_id":"three-way-mid-corner-fitting","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Three Way Mid Corner for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square three way mid corner takes two box section rails round a corner upright at 90°, with the upright running straight through, for frames built from 25 x 25mm square box.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes through the square barrel, each rail ends in its own closed square socket, and three grub screws lock all three members. It is the fitting for lower rails and shelf rails at the corners of benches, stands, racks and enclosures, with the square top corner capping the upright above. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-three-way-mid-corner-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square 25 x 25mm key clamp three way mid corner, 42mm from the upright centre to the end of each rail socket, with the 40mm size\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square mid corner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare frames, no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section gives a neat, flat-faced frame for benches, stands and shelving. These fittings join it with a hex key, so there is no cutting of mitres, no welding and no grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails at any height on the upright.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes through, so the corner can sit wherever a lower rail or shelf is needed, and more than one can be stacked up the same leg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare sockets stop twisting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section cannot turn in a square socket, so shelves and rails stay level and square to each other once the screws are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square mid corner with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree way mid corner, 90°, upright through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, upright and both rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA and B: upright centre to end of each rail socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich square 25mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare 25mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower rails at a corner leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis mid corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails capping a corner leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-top-corner-clamp\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail turning down into a leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-elbow-connector-25mm\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail over the top of a middle leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails crossing at a middle leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-connector\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails three ways at a leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm\"\u003eSide outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-base-plate-flange-25mm\"\u003eRectangular base\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths end to end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-external-connector-for-25mm-square-tubes\"\u003eExternal connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each corner leg for every level of lower rails. A four-legged bench with one lower shelf needs four, plus four top corners. A rack with two lower shelves needs eight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This fitting suits 25 x 25mm box only: measure across one face. It will not grip round tube or 30mm box. For heavier frames, the same corner is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-three-way-mid-corner-key-clamp\"\u003e40 x 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e, and there is a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003eblack 25mm version\u003c\/a\u003e for indoor frames on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the corner onto the leg at rail height. Cut the rails square to length, deburr the ends and push them fully into the sockets. Square up the corner, level the rails and tighten all three grub screws with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one square mid corner with all three grub screws. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only. Round tube needs round key clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference from the top corner?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top corner caps the leg: the leg ends inside it. On this mid corner the leg passes straight through and carries on above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For shelving or a frame that must carry a set load, ask an engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993352151427,"sku":"SSHF-928515-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-three-way-mid-corner-25mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794141319"},{"product_id":"premium-four-way-cross-connector","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Four Way Cross for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis four way cross joins slim 25mm black square box section where a rail crosses an upright, for neat frames, racks and screens with no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 25 x 25mm rail runs through the length of the block and the 25 x 25mm upright passes through its middle, so both members carry on unbroken. Three grub screws lock everything in place. It has a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only. The small square section gives a light, modern look for display frames, shelving, trellis and furniture. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-four-way-cross-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 25 x 25mm square key clamp four way cross, A 44mm each side of centre, B 36mm high, C 62mm\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square four way cross\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoth members run through.\u003c\/strong\u003e Neither the rail nor the upright is cut at the joint, so shelves and rails stay straight and uprights stay one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and neat.\u003c\/strong\u003e At about 0.3 kg, the 25mm cross suits frames that are seen up close, like shop displays and furniture, where heavy scaffold fittings would look clumsy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo tools beyond a hex key.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut the box section, slide it through, tighten three screws. No welding, no drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move a shelf rail up or down the uprights by loosening the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne four way cross with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour way cross, 90°, both members pass through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, rail and upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: end of block to centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm (about 88mm long overall)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: published underside dimension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable iron (as listed by the maker for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket (size not published for this line)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25mm square fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail through an intermediate upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis four way cross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail on top of an intermediate upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end at an end upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-elbow-connector-25mm\"\u003e25mm square 90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two rail lengths over an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square long tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails at a corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-top-corner-clamp\"\u003e25mm square three way corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower rails at a corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003e25mm square three way mid corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003e25mm square footplate base\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each place a rail crosses an upright and both carry on. A shelving bay with four uprights and two intermediate shelf rails front and back needs four; count each crossing on your sketch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuild\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFour way crosses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-bay display frame, one mid rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrellis, 4 uprights x 3 rails, ends with tees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-bay shelving, 2 shelf levels, front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This one suits 25 x 25mm box; measure across the flats before ordering. For heavier railings and fences in 40 x 40mm box, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-key-clamp-1\"\u003e40mm square four way cross\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut box ends square and deburr them. Slide the cross onto the upright, pass the rail through, set the height, square everything up and tighten all three grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check them after the first week on anything that carries weight. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one four way cross with all three grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5, as most frames use several.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs 25mm box strong enough for a guard rail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 25mm square is for frames, displays and light rails. For guard rails, use 40mm square or round 42.4mm or 48.3mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the members cross at another angle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They cross at 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-connector\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full parts list, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993299820931,"sku":"SSHF-616643-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-four-way-cross-25mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794160150"},{"product_id":"90-elbow-connector-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp 90° Elbow for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square key clamp 90° elbow joins two square tubes at a 90° corner, typically the end post to the top rail on a straight and level rail, or as a square bend.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both tube ends push into the elbow and are locked with hex socket grub screws, giving a closed, neat corner. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is mild steel with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-90-elbow-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp 90 degree elbow for 25 x 25mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp 90° elbow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tidy, closed end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail turns down into the post with no open tube ends where people walk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp 90° elbow with grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright passing a rail, rail ending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail ending at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail turning a corner at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-top-corner-clamp\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail turning a corner, post passing through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003eThree way mid corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail and post crossing, both passing through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-connector\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright fixed to a floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-base-plate-flange-25mm\"\u003eRectangular base plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-square-key-clamp\"\u003e40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan either tube pass through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both tubes end inside the elbow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-elbow-connector-25mm\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993227370883,"sku":"SSHF-649411-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-90-elbow-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794141351"},{"product_id":"premium-3-way-top-corner-clamp","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Three Way Top Corner for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square key clamp three way top corner joins the top rail at a corner post, with two rails meeting at 90° on top of the upright.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright pushes up into the fitting and the two top rails push into the sockets either side; hex socket grub screws lock all three. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is mild steel with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-three-way-top-corner-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp three way top corner for 25 x 25mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp three way top corner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat top corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post, and both rails, end in one fitting, so the corner is closed with no open tube ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp three way top corner with grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright passing a rail, rail ending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail ending at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/90-elbow-connector-25mm\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail turning a corner at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis three way top corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail turning a corner, post passing through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003eThree way mid corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail and post crossing, both passing through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-connector\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright fixed to a floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-base-plate-flange-25mm\"\u003eRectangular base plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-three-way-corner-key-clamp\"\u003e40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the upright pass through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The upright ends inside; for a mid rail corner where it passes through, use the three way mid corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-top-corner-clamp\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993170747779,"sku":"SSHF-156739-01","price":15.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-three-way-top-corner-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794141383"},{"product_id":"premium-square-footplate-key-clamps","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Footplate Base for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square footplate base fixes a 25 x 25mm box-section upright to a floor or wall on a square plate with four fixing holes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box section pushes into the square socket and one grub screw on the front locks it. Screw or bolt the plate down through its four 7mm holes and the upright stands square, ready for rails, shelves or panels. It is the usual start and end point for light black square-tube frames: display stands, shop fittings, room dividers and clothes rails. It is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat and is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one base, with a minimum order of 7.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-footplate-base-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp footplate base for 25 x 25mm box section, 74mm square plate, 48mm high, four 7mm holes on 52mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a black square footplate base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare on square.\u003c\/strong\u003e The box section sits in a square socket, so the upright cannot twist and frames stay true.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour fixings, close to the corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e The holes sit on 52mm centres, spreading the fixings across the 74mm plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor or wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same base starts an upright on a floor or ends a rail against a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fix the plate, push in the box section and tighten one screw with a hex key. The upright can be lifted out later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black coat suits black box section in shops, bars, cafés, offices and homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop display stands and clothes rails, light indoor shelving and staging, room dividers, office and café frames, indoor queue rails and rail ends fixed to walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne black footplate base with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare footplate base \/ wall flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 7mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base is for light square-tube frames. It is not a structural post base, and no load rating is published, so for barriers or frames that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the fixings. It fits 25 x 25mm box only and will not grip round tube. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and will rust outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25mm square fitting goes where?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright to the floor or a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis footplate base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail running through over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eBlack short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eBlack long tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne under each upright that stands on the floor, plus one at each rail end fixed to a wall. A simple four-legged display stand needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This base suits 25 x 25mm box; measure across one face before ordering. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/footplate-base-square-key-clamp\"\u003egalvanised 25 x 25mm footplate base\u003c\/a\u003e, which is the same shape with a zinc coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate position, drill and fix it to a sound floor or wall with four screws, anchors or bolts up to 7mm, to suit the surface. Push the box section fully into the socket and tighten the grub screw firmly with a hex key. Check the screw and fixings after the first week and once a year. Touch up chips with black paint and wipe clean with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one footplate base with its grub screw. Floor fixings are not included. The minimum order is 7.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The socket is square and made for 25 x 25mm box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It works as a wall flange to end a box-section rail against a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 7 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993075949955,"sku":"SSHF-090051-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-footplate-base-25mm-1.jpg?v=1794131496"},{"product_id":"premium-base-plate-flange-25mm","title":"Square Key Clamp Base Plate, 25 x 25mm, Black Electrophoretic, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black base plate that fixes a 25mm square upright to the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is malleable iron with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor railings, stands and frames. It is for indoor use only. The price is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106 x 70 x 51mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only: not suitable for outdoor use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne fitting, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits black indoor frames without painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Grub screws grip the section, so frames can be altered later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid footing.\u003c\/strong\u003e A two-hole plate fixes the upright down firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShop fittings and display stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor frames in square section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it works with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section, indoors only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFix the plate down with fixings to suit the floor, slide the section in and tighten the grub screws with a hex key. Keep it indoors and dry, because the finish is not suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one fitting, and the minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size section does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003e25 x 25mm square.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre floor fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, choose fixings to suit your floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992949399939,"sku":"SSHF-352195-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-base-plate-25-x-25mm-black-electrophoretic-in-in-use.jpg?v=1794141892"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-handrail-bracket-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Handrail Bracket for 25mm Box Section, Wall or Upright Fixing","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix a 25mm square box section rail to a wall or upright.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black malleable iron key clamp has a flat wall plate with two bolt holes and a square socket that a 25 x 25mm box section rail passes straight through, locked by a hex grub screw. Use it to fix a handrail to a wall, tie a key clamp structure back to a wall, or fix kick plates to uprights. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-handrail-bracket-25mm-size-guide.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Key facts for the black square key clamp handrail bracket for 25mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRail runs straight through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The socket is open both ends, so one continuous rail passes every bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fit with a hex key and two wall bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare section look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Made for 25mm square box section, for a crisp modern rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart black.\u003c\/strong\u003e A satin black finish for offices, shops and showrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor wall handrails, display rails and guard rails in offices, shops, showrooms and public buildings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bracket, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide through, the rail passes the socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall plate with 2 bolt holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex grub screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic, indoor use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated parts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-base-plate-flange-25mm\"\u003eBlack base plate flange for 25mm box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-key-clamp-handrail-bracket\"\u003eGalvanised version for outdoor use\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the whole range in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dc-iron-handrails-brackets\"\u003eHandrails \u0026amp; Brackets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the bracket positions along the wall at no more than about 1.5m apart. Drill and fix each wall plate with two bolts or anchors to suit the wall. Slide the box section rail through the sockets, set it level, and tighten each grub screw with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the grub screws once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one bracket. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose bolts or anchors to suit the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25mm square box section. Round tube needs a round key clamp bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for internal use only. Use the galvanised version outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery. For a full guard rail or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992879374723,"sku":"SSHF-745411-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-handrail-bracket-25mm-showroom.jpg?v=1794080072"},{"product_id":"premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Three Way Side Outlet Tee for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black square side outlet tee ties a 25mm box upright to three rails at once, for light racks, stalls, display stands and frames with rails in more than one direction.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes straight through a square hole in the middle, and three square sockets take rails from the left, the right and the front, all at 90°. Four grub screws lock the upright and the three rails, with no welding or drilling. It is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only, made for 25 x 25mm square box section. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-three-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 25 x 25mm square three way side outlet tee, 87mm across the side sockets and 42mm from the upright to the end of the front socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square side outlet tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree rails, one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a rack or stall has rails running along and across it, this replaces two or three separate clamps on the same upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe upright carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes through, so it can continue up to the next level or down to a footplate without being cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare and rigid.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box cannot turn in its socket the way round tube can, and the sockets are cast at right angles, so frames come out square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key, and frames can be altered later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side outlet tee with four grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree way side outlet tee, upright passes through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, upright and all three rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: upright centre to end of front socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the two side sockets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, hex socket (size not published for this line)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 to 0.43 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25mm square fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright with rails left, right and front\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis side outlet tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright with a rail passing straight through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-connector\"\u003e25mm square four way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright with rails in all four directions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-centre-cross-connector-25mm-tubes\"\u003e25mm square centre cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails at a corner, upright carrying on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003e25mm square three way mid corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail on top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003e25mm square footplate base\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne wherever an upright has rails going three ways at the same height. On a rack with a back rail and shelf rails running forward, that is each middle upright along the back, at every shelf level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide outlet tees\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-bay rack, 3 back uprights, 3 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-bay rack, 4 back uprights, 3 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay stand, 3 back uprights, 2 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This one suits 25 x 25mm box; measure across the flats before ordering. For heavier frames in 40 x 40mm box, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-side-outlet-tee-square-key-clamp\"\u003e40mm square side outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e. The sockets are closed, so rails cannot be joined inside the fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fitting onto the upright before fitting anything above it. Set the height, push each rail fully into its socket, check the frame is square and level, then tighten all four grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check them after the first week on loaded racks. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one side outlet tee with all four grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the upright stop inside the fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if it reaches past the upright's grub screw. It is designed to pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992807842179,"sku":"SSHF-433539-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-three-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794141414"},{"product_id":"premium-straight-hook-clip-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Straight Hook for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square key clamp straight hook clamps onto a square tube and provides an open hook, typically where chains need to be easily removed for access.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clip slides onto the tube and is locked with a hex socket grub screw; a chain link or rope drops into the hook. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is mild steel with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-straight-hook-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp straight hook for 25 x 25mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp straight hook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to unhook.\u003c\/strong\u003e A chain across an opening can be lifted out of the hook in seconds and dropped back in to close it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp straight hook with grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed to one side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003eSingle lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed either side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003eDouble lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain or rope hooked across an opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis straight hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain held alongside a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003eSide hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-fixing-square-tubes\"\u003eSwivel wall fixing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003e40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan tubes be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tube passes through; the hook only holds a chain or rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992746926467,"sku":"SSHF-499075-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-straight-hook-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794160180"},{"product_id":"premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Double Lugged Bracket for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square double lugged bracket fixes a board, panel or sign to 25 x 25mm box section, with a fixing hole above and below the frame member.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square collar slides onto the box section and locks with one grub screw. Behind it, a flat plate runs out on both sides with a 10mm hole near each end, so the board is screwed or bolted to the plate at two points. It is the neat way to hang boards, mesh, signs and shelves on a box section frame without drilling the steel. It is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square 25mm double lugged bracket, 116mm plate with two 10mm holes at 85mm centres and 31mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a double lugged bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The collar clamps round the box section, so the steel keeps its finish and the bracket can be moved up or down until the board sits right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fixing points.\u003c\/strong\u003e A hole above and below the frame member holds a board firmly, without the twist you get from a single fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare collar, no spinning.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section cannot turn in a square collar, so the plate stays flat to the board once the screw is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne double lugged bracket with grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e116mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: fixing hole diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBoard fixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bracket do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing above and below the frame member\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis double lugged bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne fixing to one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003e25mm single lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack finish for indoor frames on show\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003eBlack 25mm double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier 40 x 40mm box frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section\"\u003e40mm double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo build the frame itself, the square 25mm range includes the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-top-corner-clamp\"\u003etop corner\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-fitting\"\u003emid corner\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-base-plate-flange-25mm\"\u003erectangular base\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo brackets per board on each upright it spans is usual: one near the top and one near the bottom. A board across two uprights normally needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This bracket suits 25 x 25mm box only: measure across one face. It will not grip round tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the bracket onto the box section with the plate facing the board, set the height and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Hold the board in place and fix it through both holes with screws or bolts to suit the board (not included). Check the screw and fixings after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one bracket with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. Board fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill the box section?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The collar clamps on with one grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For heavy boards or shelving, ask an engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992692138371,"sku":"SSHF-531843-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794160238"},{"product_id":"premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm","title":"Black Square Key Clamp Single Lugged Bracket for 25mm Box Section, Indoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black square key clamp single lugged bracket clamps onto a square tube and provides a single lug, typically used to fix boards or panels to the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket slides onto the tube and is locked with a hex socket grub screw; the lug takes a bolt or screw through the board or panel. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is mild steel with a black electrophoretic finish, for indoor use only, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square key clamp single lugged bracket for 25 x 25mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp single lugged bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e Boards, signs, mesh and panels can be fixed to the frame without drilling the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, tidy finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits shop fitting, display frames and furniture, and is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShop fitting and display stands, office and reception partitions, café and bar frames, garment rails, shelving, tables and furniture, and any indoor frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp single lugged bracket with grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed to one side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis single lugged bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed either side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003eDouble lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain or rope hooked across an opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003eStraight hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain held alongside a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-clip-25mm\"\u003eSide hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-fixing-square-tubes\"\u003eSwivel wall fixing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-25mm-square-key-clamp\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-footplate-key-clamps\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section\"\u003e40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. touch up scratches with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a double sided version made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double lugged bracket has a lug on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use only. For outdoor frames, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003egalvanised version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992675983747,"sku":"SSHF-564611-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794160209"},{"product_id":"premium-25mm-external-tube-connector","title":"Square Key Clamp External Connector for 25mm Box Section, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe square external connector joins two lengths of 25mm box section end to end, so a rail can run longer than one length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each box end pushes halfway into the sleeve and is locked by its own grub screw, with no welding or drilling. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish, made for 25 x 25mm square box section. Use it for in-line joints in rails and frames; it is not intended as a structural splice. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-external-connector-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 25 x 25mm square external connector key clamp, 120mm long, 60mm wide and 52mm high\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square external connector\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLonger runs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section comes in fixed lengths. The connector carries a rail on past the end of one length without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUses offcuts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Join shorter pieces instead of cutting into a new full length for the last stretch of a run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStays square.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box cannot twist inside a square sleeve, so the joined rail lines up flat face to flat face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two grub screws and a hex key; no welding and no damaged galvanising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop and mid rails on square-section railings and fences, long shelf rails in racking, frames for screens and partitions, and repairs where a damaged length is cut out and replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne external connector with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal in-line connector, square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, one for each end (size not published for this line)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStructural use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended as a structural joint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to put the joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose to an upright, not in the middle of a long span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever where the box has to carry a load across a gap on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor a joint directly over an upright, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-square-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square long tee\u003c\/a\u003e, which joins the two ends and the upright in one fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther 25mm square fittings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo lengths end to end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis external connector\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoint hidden inside the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tube-coupler-25mm-square-sections\"\u003e25mm square internal connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail through an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square four way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail on top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003e25mm square short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree rails at an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-3-way-side-outlet-tee\"\u003e25mm square side outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each place where two lengths meet in a straight line. For a rail longer than one length, divide the run by the length of box and round down; that is the number of joints per rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This one suits 25 x 25mm box; measure across the flats before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut both box ends square and deburr them. Mark the middle of the connector on each length so the joint is centred, push the ends in until they meet, and tighten both grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check them after the first week. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one connector with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the joint as strong as a solid length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an in-line connector, not a structural splice. Place it close to an upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57992660222339,"sku":"SSHF-761219-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-external-connector-25mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794141327"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/iron-hardware-key-clamps.oembed?page=13","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}